PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-9990107-B2
Application Number: US-201514867990-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B2

Title: Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus

Abstract:
An electronic device displays a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; detects a user input on a touch-sensitive surface that includes detecting a contact at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element; and, in response: if the user input satisfies menu-display criteria, including a criterion that is satisfied when the contact has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, displays a first menu overlaid on the user interface; and, if the user input satisfies action criteria, wherein the action criteria are capable of being satisfied when the intensity of the contact is below the first intensity threshold, initiates performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu.

Claims:
What is claimed is: 
     
       1. A method, comprising:
 at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, wherein the electronic device includes one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface: 
 displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; 
 detecting a user input on the touch-sensitive surface that includes detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the user input: 
 in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies menu-display criteria, wherein the menu-display criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the contact has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, displaying a first menu overlaid on the user interface with a plurality of selectable options that corresponds to the respective user interface element; and, 
 in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies action criteria, wherein the action criteria are satisfied when the intensity of the contact is below the first intensity threshold, initiating performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu. 
 
     
     
       2. The method of  claim 1 , including:
 while displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interface, detecting movement of the contact across the touch-sensitive surface to a respective hit region that corresponds to a respective option of the plurality of selectable options; 
 after detecting movement of the contact to the respective hit region, detecting liftoff of the contact; and 
 in response to detecting liftoff of the contact:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective hit region corresponds to a first selectable option, performing a first operation that corresponds to the first selectable option, wherein the first operation is an operation associated with the respective user interface element; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective hit region corresponds to a second selectable option, performing a second operation that corresponds to the second selectable option, wherein the second operation is an operation associated with the respective user interface element. 
 
 
     
     
       3. The method of  claim 1 , including:
 prior to displaying the first menu, detecting an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity below the first intensity threshold to the first intensity threshold; and 
 in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the contact, gradually displaying the first menu, wherein gradually displaying the first menu includes increasing a size of the first menu as the intensity of the contact increases. 
 
     
     
       4. The method of  claim 3 , wherein gradually displaying the first menu includes displaying the first menu expanding around the respective user interface element. 
     
     
       5. The method of  claim 1 , including:
 detecting a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; and, 
 in response to detecting the selection input, initiating performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
 
     
     
       6. The method of  claim 5 , wherein the user input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. 
     
     
       7. The method of  claim 5 , wherein detecting the selection input includes detecting lift-off of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu. 
     
     
       8. The method of  claim 5 , wherein the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and wherein initiating performance of the action that corresponds to the preview option includes:
 maintaining display of the first menu; and 
 concurrently displaying a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element. 
 
     
     
       9. The method of  claim 8 , including:
 while displaying the preview area:
 detecting a subsequent selection input that selects a different portion of the first menu than the respective portion of the first menu; and, 
 in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiating performance of a second action that corresponds to the selected different portion of the first menu. 
 
 
     
     
       10. An electronic device, comprising: a display;
 a touch-sensitive surface; 
 one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface; 
 one or more processors; memory; and 
 one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; 
 detecting a user input on the touch-sensitive surface that includes detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the user input: 
 in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies menu-display criteria, wherein the menu-display criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the contact has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, displaying a first menu overlaid on the user interface with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element; and, 
 in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies action criteria, wherein the action criteria are satisfied when the intensity of the contact is below the first intensity threshold, initiating performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu. 
 
 
     
     
       11. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the electronic device to:
 display, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; 
 detect a user input on the touch-sensitive surface that includes detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, 
 in response to detecting the user input:
 in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies menu-display criteria, wherein the menu-display criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the contact has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, display a first menu overlaid on the user interface with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element; and, 
 in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies action criteria, wherein the action criteria are satisfied when the intensity of the contact is below the first intensity threshold, initiate performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu. 
 
 
     
     
       12. The electronic device of  claim 10 , including instructions for:
 while displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interface, detecting movement of the contact across the touch-sensitive surface to a respective hit region that corresponds to a respective option of the plurality of selectable options; and 
 after detecting movement of the contact to the respective hit region, detecting liftoff of the contact; and 
 in response to detecting liftoff of the contact:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective hit region corresponds to a first selectable option, performing a first operation that corresponds to the first selectable option, wherein the first operation is an operation associated with the respective user interface element; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective hit region corresponds to a second selectable option, performing a second operation that corresponds to the second selectable option, wherein the second operation is an operation associated with the respective user interface element. 
 
 
     
     
       13. The electronic device of  claim 10 , including instructions for:
 prior to displaying the first menu, detecting an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity below the first intensity threshold to the first intensity threshold; and 
 in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the contact, gradually displaying the first menu, wherein gradually displaying the first menu includes increasing a size of the first menu as the intensity of the contact increases. 
 
     
     
       14. The electronic device of  claim 13 , wherein gradually displaying the first menu includes displaying the first menu expanding around the respective user interface element. 
     
     
       15. The electronic device of  claim 10 , including instructions for:
 detecting a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; and, 
 in response to detecting the selection input, initiating performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
 
     
     
       16. The electronic device of  claim 15 , wherein the user input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. 
     
     
       17. The electronic device of  claim 15 , wherein detecting the selection input includes detecting lift-off of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu. 
     
     
       18. The electronic device of  claim 15 , wherein the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and wherein initiating performance of the action that corresponds to the preview option includes:
 maintaining display of the first menu; and 
 concurrently displaying a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element. 
 
     
     
       19. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 11 , including instructions which, when executed by the electronic device, cause the electronic device to:
 while displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interface, detect movement of the contact across the touch-sensitive surface to a respective hit region that corresponds to a respective option of the plurality of selectable options; 
 after detecting movement of the contact to the respective hit region, detect liftoff of the contact; and 
 in response to detecting liftoff of the contact:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective hit region corresponds to a first selectable option, perform a first operation that corresponds to the first selectable option, wherein the first operation is an operation associated with the respective user interface element; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective hit region corresponds to a second selectable option, perform a second operation that corresponds to the second selectable option, wherein the second operation is an operation associated with the respective user interface element. 
 
 
     
     
       20. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 11 , including instructions which, when executed by the electronic device, cause the electronic device to:
 prior to displaying the first menu, detect an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity below the first intensity threshold to the first intensity threshold; and 
 in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the contact, gradually display the first menu, wherein gradually displaying the first menu includes increasing a size of the first menu as the intensity of the contact increases. 
 
     
     
       21. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 20 , wherein gradually displaying the first menu includes displaying the first menu expanding around the respective user interface element. 
     
     
       22. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 11 , including instructions which, when executed by the electronic device, cause the electronic device to:
 detect a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; and, 
 in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
 
     
     
       23. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 22 , wherein the user input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. 
     
     
       24. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 22 , wherein detecting the selection input includes detecting lift-off of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu. 
     
     
       25. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 22 , wherein the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and wherein initiating performance of the action that corresponds to the preview option includes:
 maintaining display of the first menu; and 
 concurrently displaying a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element.

Description:
RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application claims priority to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/866,981, filed Sep. 27, 2015, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Displaying and Using Menus,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/183,139, filed Jun. 22, 2015, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Displaying and Using Menus,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/129,954, filed Mar. 8, 2015, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Displaying and Using Menus,” all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. 
    
    
     TECHNICAL FIELD 
     This relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces that display and use menus. 
     BACKGROUND 
     The use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touchpads and touch-screen displays. Such surfaces are widely used to navigate and interact with user interfaces on a display. One way to interact with user interfaces is via menus displayed on the display. 
     But existing methods and devices for displaying and using menus are cumbersome and inefficient. For example, menus often display numerous options that are rarely used. The display of these options makes it more difficult to find and activate menu options that are more frequently used. On the other hand, it is also desirable to provide ready access to both rarely used options and more frequently used options. 
     SUMMARY 
     Accordingly, there is a need for electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for displaying and using menus. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace conventional methods for displaying and using menus. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. 
     The above deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed devices. In some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. In some embodiments, the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, tablet computer, or handheld device). In some embodiments, the device is a personal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device, such as a watch). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen” or “touch-screen display”). In some embodiments, the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through stylus and/or finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the functions optionally include image editing, drawing, presenting, word processing, spreadsheet making, game playing, telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workout support, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, note taking, and/or digital video playing. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer readable medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detecting a user input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, the method includes: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, displaying a second menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying the second menu, where the first menu includes a subset of the one or more selectable options included in the second menu. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display: a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements, and a cursor. The method includes: detecting a user input on the touch-sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the display at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, the method includes, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type: displaying a first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element; and ceasing to display the cursor on the display. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type distinct from the first input type, the method includes: initiating performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element; and maintaining display of the cursor. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detecting a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, the method includes: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that respective the user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiating performance of an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface element meets second action criteria, the second action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, displaying a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where the first menu includes a first set of selectable options. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detecting a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the press input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, the method includes displaying an additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element. While displaying the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the method includes detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below a second intensity threshold. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the method includes: in accordance with a determination that a respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies predetermined location criteria, initiating performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element and ceasing to display the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that the respective location of the contact in the press input does not satisfy the predetermined location criteria, ceasing to display the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface while forgoing performance of the action associated with the respective user interface element. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more tactile output generators configured to provide tactile outputs. The method includes displaying, on the display, a map that is associated with a first orientation. The method also includes receiving a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, and, in response to receiving the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input. The method further includes, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input, in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation of the map, generating a first tactile output. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit, optionally one or more tactile output generators to provide tactile outputs; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, enable display of a second menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without enabling display of a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, enable display of the first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without enabling display the second menu, where the first menu includes a subset of the one or more selectable options included in the second menu. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of, on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements and a cursor; and detect a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while the cursor is displayed on the display unit at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, the processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element; and cease display of the cursor on the display unit. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of, on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiate performance of an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface element meets second action criteria, the second action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, enable display of a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where the first menu includes a first set of selectable option. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of, on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the contact in the press input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, enable display of an additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element. While enabling display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the processing unit is configured to detect that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below a second intensity threshold. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that a respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies predetermined location criteria: initiate performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element; and cease display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that a respective location of the contact in the press input does not satisfy the predetermined location criteria, cease display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface while forgoing performance of the action associated with the respective user interface element. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs; the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors and the one or more programs include instructions for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to perform or cause performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes one or more of the elements displayed in any of the methods described herein, which are updated in response to inputs, as described in any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an information processing apparatus, for use in an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. 
     Thus, electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for displaying and using menus, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying and using menus. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG. 1A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 1B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2  illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 3  is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 4C-4E  illustrate exemplary dynamic intensity thresholds in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 5A-5NN  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 6A-6X  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 7A-7F  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 8A-8B  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 9A-9C  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 10A-10D  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 11-14  are functional block diagrams of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 15A-15S  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for interacting with a map in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 16A-16B  illustrate a flow diagram of a method of generating a tactile (e.g., haptic) output when a user rotates display map into certain predetermined orientations in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
     As noted above, existing methods and devices for displaying and using menus are cumbersome and inefficient. For example, menus often display numerous options that are rarely used. The display of these options makes it more difficult to find and activate menu options that are more frequently used. On the other hand, it is also desirable to provide ready access to both rarely used options and more frequently used options. 
     Here, devices and methods are disclosed that improve upon the display and use of menus. 
     In some embodiments, a reduced menu with fewer options is displayed in response detecting user inputs of a first type, and an expanded menu with more options is displayed in response detecting user inputs of a second type. The input types optionally depend on the number of contacts and/or the intensity (e.g., force or pressure) of the contacts used in the input. In some embodiments, the reduced menus are radial menus with four or fewer options, which make it easy to see and activate the desired option. 
     In some embodiments, a cursor that is displayed over a user interface object ceases to be displayed when a reduced menu is displayed. This indicates to the user that precise control of a cursor is not needed or used to activate a menu option; imprecise finger gestures (e.g., taps or swipes) without a cursor are used instead. 
     In some embodiments, if a press input at a location that corresponds to a user interface element has only a single option for the press input, an action is initiated that corresponds to the single option, without displaying a menu. On the other hand, if the press input is at a location that corresponds to a user interface element with multiple options for the press input, then a menu is overlaid on the user interface element. This avoids the display of unnecessary menus. 
     In some embodiments, a menu for a particular user interface element is displayed in response to a press input. When the press input intensity falls below a threshold, if location and timing criteria are met, an action is performed that is associated with the particular user interface element and display of the menu ceases. On the other hand, if the location criteria are not met, the action is not performed and, if the timing criteria are not met, the menu continues to be displayed. This helps to display and dismiss the menu as needed. 
     In some embodiments, a map is displayed which a user can rotate by performing a touch input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a two-finger rotation gesture). The touch-sensitive surface includes one or more tactile output generators that generate a tactile output when the map aligns with certain orientations (e.g., true north and/or transit north). In some embodiments, the tactile output provides the user with a sensation that the map is “snapping” into important orientations. 
     Below,  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, and 3  provide a description of exemplary devices.  FIGS. 4A-4B, 5A-5NN, and 6A-6X  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus.  FIGS. 7A-7F  illustrate a flow diagram of a method of displaying and using menus.  FIGS. 8A-8B  illustrate a flow diagram of another method of displaying and using menus.  FIGS. 9A-9C  illustrate a flow diagram of yet another method of displaying and using menus.  FIGS. 10A-10D  illustrate a flow diagram of yet another method of displaying and using menus.  FIGS. 15A-15S  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for interacting with maps.  FIGS. 16A-16B  illustrate a flow diagram of a method of generating tactile (e.g., haptic) outputs when a user rotates a displayed map into certain predetermined directions. The user interfaces in  FIGS. 5A-5NN, 6A-6X, and 15A-15S , are used to illustrate the processes in  FIGS. 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, 10A-10D, and 16A-16B . 
     Exemplary Devices 
     Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the various described embodiments. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the various described embodiments may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments. 
     It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. are, in some instances, used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are not the same contact, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     As used herein, the term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch-screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-screen display and/or a touchpad). 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a note taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG. 1A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and is sometimes simply called a touch-sensitive display. Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input or control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG. 1A  are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 , such as CPU(s)  120  and the peripherals interface  118 , is, optionally, controlled by memory controller  122 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU(s)  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. 
     In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU(s)  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch-sensitive display system  112  and other input or control devices  116 , with peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices  116 . The other input or control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, stylus, and/or a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG. 2 ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG. 2 ). 
     Touch-sensitive display system  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch-sensitive display system  112 . Touch-sensitive display system  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user-interface objects. As used herein, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g., a graphical user interface object that is configured to respond to inputs directed toward the graphical user interface object). Examples of user-interactive graphical user interface objects include, without limitation, a button, slider, icon, selectable menu item, switch, hyperlink, or other user interface control. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch-sensitive display system  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch-sensitive display system  112  and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on touch-sensitive display system  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch-sensitive display system  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user or a stylus. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive display system  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     Touch-sensitive display system  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen video resolution is in excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). The user optionally makes contact with touch-sensitive display system  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch-sensitive display system  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG. 1A  shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor(s)  164  optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor(s)  164  receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor(s)  164  optionally capture still images and/or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch-sensitive display system  112  on the front of the device, so that the touch screen is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is obtained (e.g., for selfies, for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen, etc.). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG. 1A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor(s)  165  optionally include one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor(s)  165  receive contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch-screen display system  112  which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG. 1A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled with peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is coupled with input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch-sensitive display system  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG. 1A  shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator(s)  167  optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Tactile output generator(s)  167  receive tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch-sensitive display system  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG. 1A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled with peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled with an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch-screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , haptic feedback module (or set of instructions)  133 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS. 1A and 3 . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitive display system  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and other input or control devices  116 ; and location and/or positional information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. In some embodiments, the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch-sensitive display system  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts or stylus contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts and/or stylus contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event. Similarly, tap, swipe, drag, and other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus by detecting a particular contact pattern for the stylus. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch-sensitive display system  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing, to camera  143  as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   telephone module  138 ;   video conferencing module  139 ;   e-mail client module  140 ;   instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   workout support module  142 ;   camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   image management module  144 ;   browser module  147 ;   calendar module  148 ;   widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   search module  151 ;   video and music player module  152 , which is, optionally, made up of a video player module and a music player module;   notes module  153 ;   map module  154 ; and/or   online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  includes executable instructions to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers and/or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in address book  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contact list  137 , and telephone module  138 , videoconferencing module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple Push Notification Service (APNs) or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module  146 , workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (in sports devices and smart watches); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, and/or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  includes executable instructions to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch-sensitive display system  112 , or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  includes executable instructions to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system  112 , display system controller  156 , contact module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes executable instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen  112 , or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. 
     Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG. 1B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  (in  FIG. 1A ) or  370  ( FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  136 ,  137 - 155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display system  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display system  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display system  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripheral interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when touch-sensitive display system  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver module  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally uses or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177  or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  includes one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170 , and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event  187  include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display system  112 , and lift-off of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display system  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display system  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event  187  also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module  145 . In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the forgoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touch-pads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally used as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG. 2  illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ,  FIG. 1A ) in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch-screen display. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes the touch-screen display, menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot  210 , head set jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In some embodiments, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive display system  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG. 3  is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPU&#39;s)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch-screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG. 1A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG. 1A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG. 1A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG. 1A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above identified elements in  FIG. 3  are, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above identified modules or programs (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) that are, optionally, implemented on portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG. 4A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Map;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG. 4A  are merely exemplary. For example, in some embodiments, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display  450 . Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  357 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  359  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
       FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display  450 . Many of the examples that follow will be given with reference to a device that detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG. 4B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG. 4B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG. 4B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG. 4B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG. 4B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG. 4B, 460  corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG. 4B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG. 4B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures, etc.), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse based input or a stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG. 3  or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG. 4B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch-screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG. 1A  or the touch screen in  FIG. 4A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch-screen display, a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average or a sum) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be readily accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trackpad or touch-screen display hardware. Additionally, in some embodiments, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective option or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location (e.g., a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     The user interface figures described herein (e.g.,  FIGS. 5A-5NN, 6A-6X , and  15 A- 15 S) optionally include various intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds (e.g., a contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 , a light press intensity threshold IT L , a deep press intensity threshold IT D  (e.g., that is at least initially higher than I L ), and/or one or more other intensity thresholds (e.g., an intensity threshold I H  that is lower than I L )). This intensity diagram is typically not part of the displayed user interface, but is provided to aid in the interpretation of the figures. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during the input. For example, for some “light press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both the contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for some “deep press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a second intensity threshold during the input, greater than the first intensity threshold for a light press, triggers a second response only if a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensity threshold and meeting the second intensity threshold. This delay time is typically less than 200 ms in duration (e.g., 40, 100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with the delay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases). This delay time helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. As another example, for some “deep press” inputs, there is a reduced-sensitivity time period that occurs after the time at which the first intensity threshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. For other deep press inputs, the response to detection of a deep press input does not depend on time-based criteria. 
     In some embodiments, one or more of the input intensity thresholds and/or the corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running, rate at which the intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs, user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise), focus selector position, and the like. Exemplary factors are described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. 
     For example,  FIG. 4C  illustrates a dynamic intensity threshold  480  that changes over time based in part on the intensity of touch input  476  over time. Dynamic intensity threshold  480  is a sum of two components, first component  474  that decays over time after a predefined delay time p 1  from when touch input  476  is initially detected, and second component  478  that trails the intensity of touch input  476  over time. The initial high intensity threshold of first component  474  reduces accidental triggering of a “deep press” response, while still allowing an immediate “deep press” response if touch input  476  provides sufficient intensity. Second component  478  reduces unintentional triggering of a “deep press” response by gradual intensity fluctuations of in a touch input. In some embodiments, when touch input  476  satisfies dynamic intensity threshold  480  (e.g., at point  481  in  FIG. 4C ), the “deep press” response is triggered. 
       FIG. 4D  illustrates another dynamic intensity threshold  486  (e.g., intensity threshold I D ).  FIG. 4D  also illustrates two other intensity thresholds: a first intensity threshold I H  and a second intensity threshold I L . In  FIG. 4D , although touch input  484  satisfies the first intensity threshold I H  and the second intensity threshold I L  prior to time p 2 , no response is provided until delay time p 2  has elapsed at time  482 . Also in  FIG. 4D , dynamic intensity threshold  486  decays over time, with the decay starting at time  488  after a predefined delay time p 1  has elapsed from time  482  (when the response associated with the second intensity threshold I L  was triggered). This type of dynamic intensity threshold reduces accidental triggering of a response associated with the dynamic intensity threshold I D  immediately after, or concurrently with, triggering a response associated with a lower intensity threshold, such as the first intensity threshold I H  or the second intensity threshold I L . 
       FIG. 4E  illustrate yet another dynamic intensity threshold  492  (e.g., intensity threshold I D ). In  FIG. 4E , a response associated with the intensity threshold I L  is triggered after the delay time p 2  has elapsed from when touch input  490  is initially detected. Concurrently, dynamic intensity threshold  492  decays after the predefined delay time p 1  has elapsed from when touch input  490  is initially detected. So a decrease in intensity of touch input  490  after triggering the response associated with the intensity threshold I L , followed by an increase in the intensity of touch input  490 , without releasing touch input  490 , can trigger a response associated with the intensity threshold I D  (e.g., at time  494 ) even when the intensity of touch input  490  is below another intensity threshold, for example, the intensity threshold I L . 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold IT L  to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold IT L  and the deep press intensity threshold IT D  is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold IT D  to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold IT D  is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  and the light press intensity threshold IT L  is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold IT 0  is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments IT 0  is zero. In some embodiments, IT 0  is greater than zero. In some illustrations a shaded circle or oval is used to represent intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some illustrations, a circle or oval without shading is used represent a respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the respective contact. 
     In some embodiments, described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on a “down stroke” (sometimes also called “touch-down”) of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” (sometimes also called “lift-off”) of the respective press input). 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. As described above, in some embodiment, the triggering of these responses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g., a delay time has elapsed between a first intensity threshold being met and a second intensity threshold being met). 
     User Interfaces and Associated Processes 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that may be implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100  or device  300 , with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. 
       FIGS. 5A-5NN  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS. 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, 10A-10D, and 16A-16B . At least some of  FIGS. 5A-5NN  include intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to a plurality of intensity thresholds including IT 0 , IT L , and IT D . In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to IT D  are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “IT L ”). In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to IT L  are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “IT 0 ”). 
     In some embodiments, the device on which the user interfaces are displayed is an electronic device with a display (e.g., display  450 ) and a separate touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive surface  451 ). For example, see  FIGS. 5A-5II . In some embodiments, the device on which the user interfaces are displayed is the portable multifunction device  100 , the display is touch-sensitive display system  112 , and the touch-sensitive surface includes tactile output generators  167  on the display ( FIG. 1A ). For example, see  FIG. 5JJ-5NN . 
     For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference to  FIGS. 5A-5II  will be discussed with reference to a device with a display  450  and a separate touch-sensitive surface  451 ; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system  112  in response to detecting the contacts described in  FIGS. 5A-5II  on the touch-sensitive display system  112  while displaying the user interfaces shown in  FIGS. 5A-5II  on the touch-sensitive display system  112 ; in such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective contact, a representative point corresponding to a contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system  112 , in place of cursor  502 . 
       FIGS. 5A-5B  show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 5A  illustrates a window  504  for a web browser application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5A , the window  504  shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. For example, the word “Ebola” was previously selected or highlighted via a click and drag gesture performed with the cursor  502  or the like by a user.  FIG. 5A  further illustrates a contact  506  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  506  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  506  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5B , the portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the home page is no longer highlighted in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 5A . 
       FIGS. 5C-5D  show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 5C  illustrates contacts  508  and  510  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contacts  508  and  510  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  508  and  510  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts  508  and  510 , the sum of the intensities of contacts  508  and  510 , a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 , the maximum intensity between the intensity of contact  508  and the intensity of contact  510 , or the like. 
     In  FIG. 5D , an expanded menu  512  is displayed in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 5C . In this example, the expanded menu  512  includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on the word “Ebola,” performing a web search on the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” (e.g., to the clipboard), performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding the word “Ebola” as spoken track. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the expanded menu  512 . 
       FIGS. 5E-5F  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 5E  illustrates contact  514  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  514  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  514  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5F , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  516  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5E . In this example, the reduced menu  516  is centered at the location where cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5E  when the intensity of the contact  514  exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 5F , the reduced menu  516  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  516  are empty. In some embodiments, the reduced menu  516 , in  FIG. 5F , includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu  512  in  FIG. 5D . In other embodiments, the reduced menu  516 , in  FIG. 5F , includes a set of selectable options that are distinct from the set of selectable options in the expanded menu  512  in  FIG. 5D . One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that different selectable options may be included in the reduced menu  516 . In some embodiments, the options included in the reduced menu for a respective user interface element are pre-set and/or are user customizable. 
       FIGS. 5G-5J  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a link within a web page.  FIG. 5G  illustrates contact  518  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  518  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., to an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  518  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5H , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  520  is concurrently displayed on the display  450  along with a preview window  522  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5G . In this example, the reduced menu  520  is centered at the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5G  when the intensity of the contact  518  exceeded IT D . The preview window  522  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to an “Entertainment News” section of the website. In some embodiments, preview window  522  is not displayed in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5G . 
     In  FIG. 5H , the reduced menu  520  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., to the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  504 , including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  520 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the new window (e.g., the “Entertainment News” section of the website) is prefetched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  520 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 5J ) or other menu. 
     The right quadrant of the reduced menu  520 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new tab within window  504  of the web browser application or, optionally, in a new browser window (depending on system default preferences or user-selected preferences). The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  520 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be added to the user&#39;s reading list for future access and perusal. 
       FIG. 5H  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  524  from a first location  526 - a  to a second location  526 - b  in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the share action. In this example, the intensity of the contact  524  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5I , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  520  is changed in response to detecting the swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant in  FIG. 5H . In some embodiments, this response also occurs provided the intensity of the contact is above IT 0 . The changed visual characteristic (e.g., highlighting, shading, outlining, etc.) indicates to the user that the top quadrant is selected in response to detecting the swipe gesture. 
     In  FIG. 5J , a reduced menu  528  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the swipe gesture in  FIG. 5H . In  FIG. 5J , the reduced menu  528  is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with the share action including: an email option, an instant messaging (e.g., SMS) option, Social Network A option, and Social Network B option. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  528 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes a link to the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via Social Network A. The top quadrant the reduced menu  528 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a link to the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via email. 
     The right quadrant of the reduced menu  528 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes a link to the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via instant messaging (e.g., SMS). The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  528 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes a link to the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via Social Network B. 
       FIGS. 5K-5L  show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page.  FIG. 5K  illustrates bookmarks bar  532  displayed within the window  504 . For example, the bookmarks bar  532  is displayed in response to a previous click on the “all bookmarks” affordance  531  with the cursor  502  or in response to detecting a predefined gesture or physical key combination.  FIG. 5K  also illustrates contact  530  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  530  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  530  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5L , a window  534  for a web browser application is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 5K . In  FIG. 5L , the window  534  shows the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) along with the bookmarks bar  532 . 
       FIGS. 5L-5P  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a bookmark within a bookmarks bar.  FIG. 5L  illustrates contact  536  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  536  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to an entry for “Bookmark F” within the bookmarks bar  532 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  536  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5M , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  538  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5L . In this example, the reduced menu  538  is centered at the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5L  when the intensity of the contact  536  exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 5M , the reduced menu  538  is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with “Bookmark F,” including: a delete action, a new window action, a new tab action, and a copy action. 
     For example, each of the quadrants of the reduced menu  538  is associated with a hit region on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that is larger than its displayed area on the display  450 . Furthermore, the location of the hit regions are determined based on the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5L  when the intensity of the contact  536  exceeded IT D . The left quadrant of the reduced menu  538 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the “Bookmark F” to be deleted from the bookmarks bar  532  and also from the navigation bar  539 . For example, the left quadrant is associated with hit region  540 - d , and detection of a contact within hit region  540 - d  causes the left quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  540 - d  activates the deletion action associated with the left quadrant. In this example, the left quadrant is visually distinct from the other quadrants (e.g., the text is italicized and underlined) to indicate that the deletion action associated with the left quadrant is a destructive one. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  538 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a web page associated with “Bookmark F” to be displayed within a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. For example, the top quadrant is associated with hit region  540 - a , and detection of a contact within hit region  540 - a  causes the top quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  540 - a  activates the new window action associated with the top quadrant. 
     The right quadrant of the reduced menu  538 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “web page associated with “Bookmark F” to be opened in a new tab within window  534  of the web browser application. For example, the right quadrant is associated with hit region  540 - b , and detection of a contact within hit region  540 - b  causes the right quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  540 - b  activates the new tab action associated with the right quadrant. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  538 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the URL associated with “Bookmark F” to be copied to the clipboard. For example, the bottom quadrant is associated with hit region  540 - c , and detection of a contact within hit region  540 - c  causes the bottom quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  540 - c  activates the copy action associated with the bottom quadrant. 
       FIG. 5M  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  542  from a first location  544 - a  to a second location  544 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  540 - b ) in the direction of the right quadrant associated with the new tab action. In this example, the intensity of the contact  542  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5N , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  538  is changed in response to detecting the contact  542  within the hit region  540 - b  at the second location  544 - b .  FIG. 5N  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of the contact  542  from the second location  544 - b  to a third location  544 - c  (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu  538  and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540 ). In this example, the intensity of the contact  542  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5O , the visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  538  is no longer changed (e.g., no longer highlighted or otherwise visually distinguished from the other quadrants in the reduced menu) in response to detecting contact  542  at the third location  544 - c  (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu  538  and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540 ). In some embodiments, these responses also occur provided the intensity of the contact is above IT 0 . In  FIG. 5P , the reduced menu  538  ceases to be displayed and the cursor  502  is re-displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  542  from the third location  544 - c  (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu  538  and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540 ). 
       FIGS. 5P-5T  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a bookmark within a navigation bar.  FIG. 5P  illustrates contact  546  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  546  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a “Bookmark C” within the navigation bar  539 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  546  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5Q , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  548  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5P . In this example, the reduced menu  548  is centered at the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5P  when the intensity of the contact  546  exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 5Q , the reduced menu  548  is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with “Bookmark C,” including: a delete action, a new window action, a new tab action, and a copy action. 
     The left quadrant of the reduced menu  548 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the “Bookmark C” to be deleted from the bookmarks bar  532  and also from the navigation bar  539 . For example, the left quadrant is associated with hit region  554 - d , and detection of a contact within hit region  554 - d  causes the left quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  554 - d  activates the deletion action associated with the left quadrant. In this example, the left quadrant is visually distinct from the other quadrants (e.g., the text is italicized and underlined) to indicate that the deletion action associated with the left quadrant is a destructive one. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  548 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be displayed within a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. For example, the top quadrant is associated with hit region  554 - a , and detection of a contact within hit region  554 - a  causes the top quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  554 - a  activates the new window action associated with the top quadrant. 
     The right quadrant of the reduced menu  548 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be opened in a new tab within window  534  of the web browser application. For example, the right quadrant is associated with hit region  554 - b , and detection of a contact within hit region  554 - b  causes the right quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  554 - b  activates the new tab action associated with the right quadrant. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  548 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the URL associated with “Bookmark C” to be copied to the clipboard. For example, the bottom quadrant is associated with hit region  554 - c , and detection of a contact within hit region  554 - c  causes the bottom quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  554 - c  activates the copy action associated with the bottom quadrant. In  FIG. 5Q , the center of the reduced menu  548  is associated with a center “dead-zone”  556  of the hit regions  554 . For example, lift-off of a contact within the center “dead-zone”  556  causes dismissal of the reduced menu  548  while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu  548 . 
     In  FIG. 5Q , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at a first location  552 - a  within the hit region  554 - b .  FIG. 5Q  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the first location  544 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - b ) to a second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In this example, the intensity of the contact  550  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5R , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at the second location  552 - b  within the hit region  554 - a .  FIG. 5R  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. In this example, the intensity of the contact  550  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In some embodiments, these responses also occur provided the intensity of the contact is above IT 0 . 
       FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . The use of reduced menus with bookmarks described herein is merely exemplary. Reduced menus are optionally used in an analogous manner with iconic, thumbnail, and/or snapshot representations of favorite websites and/or frequently visited sites, for example in a Favorites view, a Frequently Visited Sites view, and/or a Top Sites view in the browser. Reduced menus are optionally used in an analogous manner with tabs in a browser (e.g., in a Tab view that shows tabs on the current device (e.g., device  100 ) and, optionally, tabs on other devices that also belong to the owner of the current device, such as iCloud Tabs in the Safari browser from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.). 
       FIGS. 5U-5Z  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is dismissed upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that predefined timing criteria is satisfied.  FIG. 5U  illustrates a window  558  for an email application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5U , the window  558  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-I) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In some embodiments, a newest or the most urgent email is displayed at the top of the list of the plurality of emails in the user&#39;s inbox and the email at the top of the list is automatically selected. In  FIG. 5U , a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted. For example, the words “New Years” were previously selected or highlighted with a click and drag gesture performed with the cursor  502  or the like by the user.  FIG. 5U  also illustrates a contact  560  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  560  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  560  is between IT 0  and IT L  (e.g., a contact detection intensity threshold). Furthermore,  FIG. 5U  further illustrates that a time of continuous detection of the contact  560  is less than a predefined time period T X  (e.g., 0.25 s, 0.5 s, 0.75 s, etc.). 
     In  FIG. 5V , the intensity of the contact  560  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the intensity of contact  560  is also below a predetermined trigger intensity that triggers display of a reduced menu and also ceases to display the cursor  502 . In  FIG. 5W , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a first intermediate representation of a reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  560  is above the predetermined trigger intensity. In this example, the intensity of the contact  560  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level) and is also above the predetermined trigger intensity. A first intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed, in  FIG. 5W , at a first size and a first translucency level and includes selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A.” In this example, the first intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562  is centered at the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5V  when the intensity of the contact  518  exceeded the predetermined trigger intensity. 
     In  FIG. 5X , a second intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to the increase of the intensity of the contact  560 , which is still less than IT D , as compared to  FIG. 5W . Furthermore,  FIG. 5X  illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact  560  is less than the predefined time period T X . The second intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562 , in  FIG. 5X , is displayed at a second size that is bigger than the first size and a second translucency level that is lower than the first translucency level. 
     In  FIG. 5Y , a final representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  560  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). Furthermore,  FIG. 5Y  illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact  560  is greater than the predefined time period T X . The final intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562 , in  FIG. 5Y , is displayed at a third size that is bigger than the second size and a third translucency level that is lower than the second translucency level. For example, the final representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed at a normal size and a normal translucency level as compared to the first and second representations of the reduced menu  562  in  FIGS. 5W and 5X , respectively. In  FIG. 5Y , the final representation of the reduced menu  562  is associated with selectable options, including a copy action and a disabled paste action. The left quadrant, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the words “New Years” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  562  are empty. 
     In  FIG. 5Z , the reduced menu ceases to be displayed and the cursor  502  is re-displayed on display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  560  and in accordance with a determination that the time of continuous detection of the contact  560  was greater than the predefined time period T X . The portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is still highlighted in  FIG. 5Z . 
       FIGS. 5Z-5BB  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is maintained upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that predefined timing criteria are not satisfied.  FIG. 5Z  illustrates a contact  564  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  564  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abc) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  564  is between IT 0  and IT L  (e.g., the contact detection intensity threshold).  FIG. 5Z  further illustrates that a time of continuous detection of the contact  564  is less than a predefined time period T X  (e.g., 0.25 s, 0.5 s, 0.75 s, etc.). In  FIG. 5AA , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and reduced menu  568  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  564  is above IT D . Furthermore,  FIG. 5AA  illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact  564  is less than the predefined time period T X . In  FIG. 5AA , the reduced menu  568  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and a preview action. 
     The left quadrant of the reduced menu  568 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  568 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  568 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be opened in a new tab of the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes a preview window for the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be displayed. 
     In  FIG. 5BB , contact  564  is no longer detected on touch-sensitive surface  451 .  FIG. 5BB  illustrates maintaining display of the reduced menu  568  after detecting lift-off of contact  564  and in accordance with a determination that the time of continuous detection of the contact  564  was less than the predefined time period T X . 
       FIGS. 5BB-5EE  show a sequence in which a preview area is concurrently displayed with a reduced menu in response to selecting a preview option of a reduced menu.  FIG. 5BB  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  565  from the first location  566 - a  to a second location  566 - b  in the direction of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  associated with the preview action. In  FIG. 5CC , the contact  565  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  at the second location  566 - b  and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  is changed in response to detecting contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant. 
       FIG. 5DD  shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  568  to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 . In  FIG. 5EE , a reduced menu  570  is concurrently displayed along with preview window  572  on display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  in  FIGS. 5CC-5DD . The reduced menu  570  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. The preview window  572  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc). 
     The left quadrant of the reduced menu  570 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  570 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  570 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be opened in a new tab of the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  570 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be added to the user&#39;s reading list for future access and perusal. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the device maintains display of the reduced menu  568  and also displays preview window  572  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  in  FIGS. 5CC-5DD . In these embodiments, the bottom quadrant corresponding to the preview action is either disabled or, when activated again, causes the preview window to be dismissed. 
       FIGS. 5FF-5II  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture causes display of additional user interface elements for data detected links.  FIG. 5FF  illustrates a contact  574  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  574  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to data detected link  576  (e.g., the name “G. Rasputin”) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  574  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5GG , a first additional user interface element  578  (e.g., a contact card) that corresponds to G. Rasputin” is overlaid on window  558  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link  576  in  FIG. 5FF . 
       FIG. 5HH  illustrates a contact  580  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  580  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to data detected link  582  (e.g., the phone number “+1.xxx.xxx.xxxx”) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  580  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5II , a second additional user interface element  584  (e.g., a menu) is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link  582  in  FIG. 5HH . The second additional user interface element  584 , in  FIG. 5II , includes options associated with the phone number, including: adding the phone number as a new contact, adding the phone number to an existing contact, or calling the phone number via one of multiple possible options (e.g., VoIP, cellular service, FaceTime, etc.). 
     For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference to  FIGS. 5JJ-5NN  will be discussed with reference to a device with a touch-sensitive display system  112 ; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display  450  and a separate touch-sensitive surface  451 . 
       FIGS. 5JJ-5NN  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a bookmark within a navigation bar.  FIG. 5JJ  illustrates a window  586  for a web browser application displayed on touch screen  112 . In  FIG. 5JJ , the window  586  shows an “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) along with bookmarks bar  587  and a navigation bar  589 .  FIG. 5JJ  also illustrates contact  588  detected on touch screen at a location that corresponds to a “Bookmark C” within the navigation bar  589 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  588  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5KK , a reduced menu  594  is displayed on the touch screen  112  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5JJ . In this example, the reduced menu  594  is centered at the location where contact  588  was detected in  FIG. 5JJ . In  FIG. 5KK , the reduced menu  594  is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with “Bookmark C,” including: a delete action, a new window action, a new tab action, and a copy action. 
     The left quadrant of the reduced menu  594 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch screen  112  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the “Bookmark C” to be deleted from the bookmarks bar  587  and also from the navigation bar  589 . For example, the left quadrant is associated with hit region  596 - d , and detection of a contact within hit region  596 - d  causes the left quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  596 - d  activates the deletion action associated with the left quadrant. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  594 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch screen  112  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be displayed within a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. For example, the top quadrant is associated with hit region  596 - a , and detection of a contact within hit region  596 - a  causes the top quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  596 - a  activates the new window action associated with the top quadrant. 
     The right quadrant of the reduced menu  594 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch screen  112  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be opened in a new tab within window  586  of the web browser application. For example, the right quadrant is associated with hit region  596 - b , and detection of a contact within hit region  596 - b  causes the right quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  596 - b  activates the new tab action associated with the right quadrant. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  594 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch screen  112  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the URL associated with “Bookmark C” to be copied to the clipboard. For example, the bottom quadrant is associated with hit region  596 - c , and detection of a contact within hit region  596 - c  causes the bottom quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region  596 - c  activates the copy action associated with the bottom quadrant. In  FIG. 5KK , the center of the reduced menu  594  is associated with a center “dead-zone”  597  of the hit regions  596 . For example, lift-off of a contact within the center “dead-zone”  597  causes dismissal of the reduced menu  594  while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu  594 . 
     In  FIG. 5KK , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  594  is changed in response to detecting contact  590  at a first location  592 - a  within the hit region  596 - b .  FIG. 5KK  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  590  from the first location  592 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  596 - b ) to a second location  592 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  596 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In this example, the intensity of the contact  590  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 5LL , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  594  is changed in response to detecting contact  590  at the second location  592 - b  within the hit region  596 - a .  FIG. 5LL  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  590  from the second location  592 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  596 - a ) to a third location  592 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  596 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. In this example, the intensity of the contact  590  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In some embodiments, these responses also occur provided the intensity of the contact is above IT 0 . 
       FIG. 5MM  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  594  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  594  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  590  at the third location  592 - c  within the hit region  596 - d . In  FIG. 5NN , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  587  and the navigation bar  589  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  590  at the third location  592 - c  within the hit region  596 - d.    
       FIGS. 6A-6X  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS. 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, 10A-10D, and 16A-16B . At least some of  FIGS. 6A-6X  include intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to a plurality of intensity thresholds including IT 0 , IT L , and IT D . In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to IT D  are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “IT L ”). In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to IT L  are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “IT 0 ”). 
     For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference to  FIGS. 6A-6X  will be discussed with reference to a device with a display  450  and a separate touch-sensitive surface  451 ; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system  112  in response to detecting the contacts described in  FIGS. 6A-6X  on the touch-sensitive display system  112  while displaying the user interfaces shown in  FIGS. 6A-6X  on the touch-sensitive display system  112 ; in such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective contact, a representative point corresponding to a contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system  112 , in place of cursor  602 . 
       FIGS. 6A-6B  show a sequence in which a three-finger light press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 6A  illustrates a window  604  for a web browser application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 6A , the window  604  shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. For example, the word “Ebola” was previously selected or highlighted via a click and drag gesture performed with the cursor  602  or the like by the user.  FIG. 6A  further illustrates contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is: the average of the intensities of contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608 ; the sum of the intensities of contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608 ; a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 ; the maximum intensity among the intensity of contact  606 , the intensity of contact  607 , and the intensity of contact  608 ; or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6B , an expanded menu  610  is displayed in response to detecting the three-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6A . In this example, the expanded menu  610  includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on the word “Ebola,” performing a web search using the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” to the clipboard, performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding the word “Ebola” as spoken track. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the expanded menu  610 . 
       FIGS. 6C-6D  show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 6C  illustrates contacts  611  and  612  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  611  and  612  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  611  and  612  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts  611  and  612 , the sum of the intensities of contacts  611  and  612 , a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 , the maximum intensity between the intensity of contact  611  and the intensity of contact  612 , or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6D , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  614  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6C . In this example, the reduced menu  614  is centered at the location cursor  602  was displayed in  FIG. 6C  when the combined intensity exceeded IT L . In  FIG. 6D , the reduced menu  614  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  614 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  614 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  614  are empty. In some embodiments, the reduced menu  614 , in  FIG. 6D , includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu  610  in  FIG. 6B . In other embodiments, the reduced menu  614 , in  FIG. 6D , includes a set of selectable options that are distinct from the set of selectable options in the expanded menu  610  in  FIG. 6B . One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that different selectable options may be included in the reduced menu  614 . 
       FIGS. 6E-6F  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 6E  illustrates contact  616  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  616  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  604 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  616  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). 
     In  FIG. 6F , the cursor  602  continues to be displayed and a look-up menu  618  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 6E . The look-up menu  618  includes dictionary, thesaurus, and WIKIPEDIA entries corresponding to the word “Ebola.” For example, if the user clicks on the WIKIPEDIA entry within the look-up menu  618  with cursor  602 , a new tab is displayed within the window  604  or a new window of the web browser application is displayed that shows the complete WIKIPEDIA page for the word “Ebola.” In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. 
       FIGS. 6G-6H  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a link within a web page.  FIG. 6G  illustrates contact  620  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  620  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  620  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 6H , the cursor  602  continues to be displayed and a preview window  622  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 6G . The preview window  622  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to an “Entertainment News” section of the website. 
       FIGS. 6I-6J  show a sequence in which a three-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page.  FIG. 6I  further illustrates contacts  624 ,  625 , and  626  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  624 ,  625 , and  626  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  624 ,  625 , and  626  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is: the average of the intensities of contacts  624 ,  625 , and  626 ; the sum of the intensities of contacts  624 ,  625 , and  626 ; a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 ; the maximum intensity among the intensity of contact  624 , the intensity of contact  625 , and the intensity of contact  626 ; or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6J , an expanded menu  628  is displayed in response to detecting the three-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6I . In this example, the expanded menu  628  includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the link (e.g., associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website), including: opening the “Entertainment News” section of the website in a new tab of the window  604 , opening the “Entertainment News” section of the website in a new window of the web browser application, downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website, downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website with a specified file name and/or file type, adding the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user&#39;s bookmarks, adding the link to add the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user&#39;s bookmarks, adding the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user&#39;s reading list, copying the link to the clipboard, performing a web search with a search engine based on the link, and the like. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the expanded menu  628 . 
       FIGS. 6K-6L  show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page.  FIG. 6K  illustrates contacts  629  and  630  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  629  and  630  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  629  and  630  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts  629  and  630 , the sum of the intensities of contacts  629  and  630 , a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 , the maximum intensity between the intensity of contact  629  and the intensity of contact  620 , or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6L , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  632  is concurrently displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6K . In this example, the reduced menu  632  is centered at the location cursor  602  was displayed in  FIG. 6K  when the combined intensity exceeded IT D . 
     In  FIG. 6L , the reduced menu  632  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., to the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 , including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  632 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  632 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  632 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new tab within window  604  of the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  632 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be added to the user&#39;s reading list for future access and perusal. 
       FIGS. 6M-6N  show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page.  FIG. 6M  illustrates a contact  636  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  636  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  636  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6N , a window  638  for a web browser application is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6M . In  FIG. 6N , the window  638  shows the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) for the website (e.g., the “All World News” website). 
       FIGS. 6O-6P  show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on highlighted text within an email.  FIG. 6O  illustrates a window  640  for an email application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 6O , the window  640  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-I) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected “Email B.” In  FIG. 6O , a portion of the text (e.g., “document”) of “Email B” is highlighted. For example, the word “document” was previously selected or highlighted via a click and drag gesture performed with the cursor  602  or the like by the user.  FIG. 6O  also illustrates contacts  641  and  642  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  641  and  642  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “document”) within the window  640 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  641  and  642  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts  641  and  642 , the sum of the intensities of contacts  641  and  642 , a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 , the maximum intensity between the intensity of contact  641  and the intensity of contact  642 , or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6P , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  644  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6O . In this example, the reduced menu  644  is centered at the location cursor  602  was displayed in  FIG. 6O  when the combined intensity exceeded IT D . The left quadrant of the reduced menu  644 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “document” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  644 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  644  are empty. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that greater or lesser number of options may be included in the reduced menu  644 . 
       FIGS. 6Q-6R  show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within an email.  FIG. 6Q  illustrates contacts  645  and  646  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  645  and  646  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) within the window  640 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  645  and  646  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts  645  and  646 , the sum of the intensities of contacts  645  and  646 , a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 , the maximum intensity between the intensity of contact  645  and the intensity of contact  646 , or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6R , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  648  is concurrently displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6Q . In this example, the reduced menu  648  is centered at the location cursor  602  was displayed in  FIG. 6Q  when the combined intensity exceeded IT D . 
     In  FIG. 6R , the reduced menu  648  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) within the window  640 , including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  648 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu  648 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  648 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) to be opened in a new tab within the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  648 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) to be added to the user&#39;s reading list for future access and perusal. 
       FIGS. 6S-6T  show a sequence in which a three-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within an email.  FIG. 6S  illustrates contacts  652 ,  653 , and  654  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  652 ,  653 , and  654  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) within the window  640 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  652 ,  653 , and  654  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is: the average of the intensities of contacts  652 ,  653 , and  654   6 ; the sum of the intensities of contacts  652 ,  653 , and  654 ; a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface  451 ; the maximum intensity among the intensity of contact  652 , the intensity of contact  653 , and the intensity of contact  654 ; or the like. 
     In  FIG. 6T , an expanded menu  656  is displayed in response to detecting the three-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6S . In this example, the expanded menu  656  includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc), including” opening the web page that corresponds to the link within a window of the web browser application overlaid on window  640 , opening the web page that corresponds to the link within a new window of the web browser application behind window  640 , copying the link to the clipboard, adding the link to the user&#39;s bookmarks, adding the web page associated with the link to the user&#39;s reading list, performing a web search with GOOGLE search engine based on the link, and the like. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the expanded menu  656 . 
       FIGS. 6U-6V  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a link within an email.  FIG. 6U  illustrates contact  658  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  658  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) within the window  640 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  658  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 6V , the cursor  602  continues to be displayed and a preview window  660  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 6U . The preview window  660  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc). 
       FIGS. 6W-6X  show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within an email.  FIG. 6W  illustrates a contact  662  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  662  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) within the window  640 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  662  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6X , a window  664  for the web browser application is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6W . In  FIG. 6X , the window  664 , which is overlaid on the window  640 , shows the web page that corresponds to the selected link in  FIG. 6W  (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc). 
       FIG. 6X  also illustrates contact  666  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  666  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the background of display  450  (e.g., neither within window  640  nor window  664 ). In this example, the intensity of the contact  666  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the background of display  450 , windows  640  and  664  are dismissed or minimized so that the user may view his/her desktop. 
       FIGS. 7A-7F  illustrate a flow diagram of a method  700  of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method  700  is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device  100 ,  FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method  700  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  700  provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The device displays ( 702 ), on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements. For example, the one or more user interface elements are electronic documents, URLs, media items, content items, affordances, text, and/or the like. In a first example,  FIG. 5A  shows a window  504  for a web browser application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5A , the window  504  shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. In another example,  FIG. 5L  shows the window  534  for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) displayed on display  450  along with the bookmarks bar  532 . In yet another example,  FIG. 5U  shows a window  558  for an email application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5U , the window  558  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-I) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In  FIG. 5U , a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted. 
     The device detects ( 704 ) a user input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the user input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts. 
     In response to detecting ( 706 ) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type (e.g., a two-finger tap gesture associated with a right-click operation or a three finger tap/click gesture), the device displays ( 708 ) a second menu (e.g., an expanded menu) overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying a first menu (e.g., a reduced menu) that is distinct from the second menu. When one of the options is selected, a corresponding action is initiated with respect to the respective user interface element, such as delete, share, copy, save, bookmark, and the like. 
     In one example,  FIGS. 5C-5D  show a sequence in which an expanded menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting a two-finger light press gesture that is performed on highlighted text within a web page.  FIG. 5C  shows contacts  508  and  510  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contacts  508  and  510  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  508  and  510  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5D , an expanded menu  512  is displayed in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 5C . In this example, the expanded menu  512  includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on the word “Ebola,” performing a web search on the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” (e.g., to the clipboard), performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding the word “Ebola” as spoken track. 
     In another example,  FIGS. 6A-6B  show a sequence in which an expanded menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting a three-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 6A  shows contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  606 ,  607 , and  608  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6B , an expanded menu  610  is displayed in response to detecting the three-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6A . In this example, the expanded menu  610  includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on the word “Ebola,” performing a web search using the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” to the clipboard, performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding the word “Ebola” as spoken track. 
     In response to detecting ( 706 ) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, the device displays ( 710 ) the first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying the second menu, where the first menu (e.g., the reduced menu) includes a subset of the one or more selectable options included in the second menu (e.g., the expanded menu). In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu or a list menu. In some embodiments, the first menu is centered about the user input or a centroid of two or more contacts associated with the user input. In some embodiments, the first menu includes only a subset of the options in the second menu. In some embodiments, the first menu includes a subset of the options in the second menu and other additional options not in the second menu. In some embodiments, the first menu includes less than all of the options in the second menu. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed after the intensity threshold is reached. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed after detecting liftoff of the one or more contacts corresponding to the user input. 
     In one example,  FIGS. 5E-5F  show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture.  FIG. 5E  shows contact  514  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  514  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  514  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5F , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  516  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5E . In this example, the reduced menu  516  is centered at the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5E  when the intensity of the contact  514  exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 5F , the reduced menu  516  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  516  are empty. 
     In another example,  FIGS. 6C-6D  show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting a two-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 6C  shows contacts  611  and  612  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  611  and  612  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  611  and  612  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6D , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  614  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6C . In this example, the reduced menu  614  is centered at the location cursor  602  was displayed in  FIG. 6C  when the combined intensity exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 6D , the reduced menu  614  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  614 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  614 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  614  are empty. Appendix A lists exemplary scenarios in which reduced menus are optionally displayed with up to 4 selectable quadrants (e.g., Left, Up, Right, and Down in Appendix A) and/or an immediate action is taken (e.g., in response to detecting a deep press input) for: data detected links, a browser application  147  (e.g., Safari from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a calendar application  148  (e.g., Calendar from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), an email application  140  (e.g., Mail from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a notes application  153  (e.g., Notes from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), an instant messaging application  141  (e.g., Messages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a video conferencing application  139  (e.g., FaceTime from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a contact list application  137  (e.g., Contacts from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a file manager application (e.g., Finder from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a PDF viewer application (e.g., Preview from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), an image management application  144  (e.g., Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a reminders application (e.g., Reminders from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a map application  154  (e.g., Maps from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), and a photo application (e.g., Photo Booth from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.). 
     In some embodiments, the reduced menu includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu. For example, the reduced menu  516 , in  FIG. 5F , includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu  512  in  FIG. 5D . In another example, the reduced menu  614 , in  FIG. 6D , includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu  610  in  FIG. 6B . In other embodiments, the reduced menu includes a set of selectable options that are distinct from the set of selectable options in the expanded menu. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting ( 706 ) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more third input criteria that correspond to a third input type, distinct from the first input type and the second input type, the device initiates ( 712 ) performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu and without displaying the second menu. For example, the respective user interface element is highlighted, selected, or the like. 
     In a first example,  FIGS. 5A-5B  show a sequence in which highlighted text within a web page is un-highlighted in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 5A  shows a contact  506  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  506  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  506  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5B , the portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the home page is no longer highlighted in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 5A . 
     In another example,  FIGS. 6M-6N  show a sequence in which a link within a first web page is resolved to open a second web page in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 6M  shows a contact  636  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  636  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  636  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6N , a window  638  for a web browser application is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6M . In  FIG. 6N , the window  638  shows an “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) for the website (e.g., the “All World News” website). 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied ( 714 ) when the user input includes a first number of contacts (e.g., a two finger tap/click gesture), the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts, where at least one of the second number of contacts has an intensity (e.g., a characteristic intensity) above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger deep press gesture), and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with the second number of contacts, where at least one of the second number of contacts has an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger light press gesture). 
     In  FIGS. 5A-5II , a two-finger gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of an expanded menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 5C-5D  show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within a web page causes display of expanded menu  512  with selectable options corresponding to the highlighted text. 
     In  FIGS. 5A-5II , a one-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. In one example,  FIGS. 5L-5M  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark F” within bookmark bar  532  causes display of reduced menu  538  with selectable options corresponding to “Bookmark F.” In another example,  FIGS. 5P-5Q  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark C” within navigation bar  539  causes display of reduced menu  548  with selectable options corresponding to “Bookmark C.” 
     In  FIGS. 5A-5II , a one-finger light press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes an action associated with the user interface element to occur. For example,  FIGS. 5A-5B  show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within a web page causes the text to be un-highlighted. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied ( 716 ) when the user input includes a first number of contacts (e.g., a three finger tap/click gesture), the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts (e.g., a two finger tap/click gesture), and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a third number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts and the second number of contacts (e.g., a one finger tap/click gesture). 
     In  FIGS. 6A-6X , a three-finger gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of an expanded menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 6I-6J  show a sequence in which a three-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a web page causes display of expanded menu  628  with selectable options corresponding to the link. 
     In  FIGS. 6A-6X , a two-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 6K-6L  show a sequence in which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a web page causes display of reduced menu  632  with selectable options corresponding to the link. 
     In  FIGS. 6A-6X , a one-finger light press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes an action associated with the user interface element to occur. For example,  FIGS. 6K-6L  show a sequence in which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a first web page (e.g., associated with the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) causes display of a second web page (e.g., associated with the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) corresponding to the link. 
     In some embodiments, a contact in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the display, and, in response to detecting the user input, the device, in accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, ceases display of ( 718 ) the cursor on the display. In a first example, in  FIG. 5F , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  516  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5E . In a second example, in  FIG. 6D , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  614  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6C . 
     In some embodiments, the first menu is ( 720 ) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme, in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surface and the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  with a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme. In some embodiments, the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 722 ) two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 724 ) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  is a radial menu with four distinct selectable quadrants, including the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation. 
     In some embodiments, the four quadrants are oriented ( 726 ) within the first menu in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the four quadrants correspond to north, south, east, and west within the radial menu: in other words, up, down, right, and left within the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions (i.e., north, east, south, and west or top, right, bottom, and left). 
     In some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants are ( 728 ) empty. For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  includes the empty top or bottom quadrants. As such, a selection gesture in the top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  516  will not cause an operation to occur. 
     In some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants is disabled ( 730 ) (i.e., not selectable or inactive). For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  includes the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation. As such, a selection gesture in the right quadrant of the reduced menu  516  will not cause the paste to occur. Nonetheless, the label for the paste operation is shown in the right quadrant of the reduced menu  516  to indicate that the paste operation will be active after something (e.g., text, an image, or the like) is copied to the clipboard. 
     In some embodiments, selectable options in the first menu that correspond to destructive actions are ( 732 ) visually distinguished from selectable options that correspond to nondestructive actions. For example, the label text and/or the background for quadrants associated with destructive actions (e.g., delete, cut, etc.) is a different color, font, or the like as compared to quadrants associated with non-destructive actions. For example, the left quadrant of the reduced menu  538  in  FIG. 5M  is visually distinct from the other quadrants (e.g., the label text is italicized and underlined) to indicate that the deletion action associated with the left quadrant is a destructive one. 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interface, the device ( 734 ): detects lift-off of a respective contact at a location on the touch sensitive surface that corresponds to a center of the radial menu on the display; and, in response to detecting lift-off of the respective contact, ceases to display the radial menu overlaid on the user interface. For example, the user dismisses the first menu by selecting one of the quadrants and then moving back to the center. In another example, the user dismisses the first menu by navigating to one of the quadrants (without selecting it) and then moving back to the center of the radial menu. In some embodiments, the respective contact is a continuous contact associated with the user input causing display of the first menu. In some embodiments, the respective contact is a separate, non-continuous contact after selecting an action or causing display of the first menu. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5M-5P  show a sequence in which a user navigates into a respective quadrant of a reduced menu, and, subsequently, the user navigates back into the center of the reduced menu to dismiss the reduced menu and to forgo performance of the action associated with the respective quadrant. In this example, each of the quadrants of reduced menu  538  is associated with a hit region  540  on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that is larger than its displayed area on the display  450 . The top quadrant corresponding to the new window action is associated hit region  540 - a , the right quadrant corresponding to the new tab operation is associated with hit region  540 - b , the bottom quadrant corresponding to the copy operation is associated with hit region  540 - c , and the left quadrant corresponding to the delete operation is associated with hit region  540 - d . For example, lift-off of a contact within a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540  (e.g., shown in  FIGS. 5Q-5R  as center “dead-zone”  556 ) causes dismissal of the reduced menu  538  while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu  538 . 
     Continuing with the example above,  FIG. 5M  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  542  from a first location  544 - a  to a second location  544 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  540 - b ) in the direction of the right quadrant associated with the new tab action of reduced menu  538 . In  FIG. 5N , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  538  is changed in response to detecting the contact  542  within the hit region  540 - b  at the second location  544 - b .  FIG. 5N  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of the contact  542  from the second location  544 - b  to a third location  544 - c  (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu  538  and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540 ). In  FIG. 5O , the visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  538  is no longer changed in response to detecting contact  542  at the third location  544 - c  (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu  538  and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540 ). In  FIG. 5P , the reduced menu  538  ceases to be displayed and the cursor  502  is re-displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  542  from the third location  544 - c  (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu  538  and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540 ). 
     In some embodiments, the device ( 736 ): detects a selection input that selects a respective portion (e.g., a quadrant or half) of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiates performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to detecting lift-off within the respective portion of the first menu or within a hit region that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to a swipe gesture in the direction of the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, prior to selecting the respective portion, the user navigates to the respective portion of the first menu and the portion of the first menu is visibly changed to show that it will be selected. For example, a quadrant in the first menu is highlighted, the quadrant flashes or blinks, a tooltip (e.g., the name of the action) associated with the action corresponding to the quadrant is overlaid on, or adjacent to, the quadrant, a color of the quadrant is changed, a border of the quadrant is thickened, or the like. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5Q-5T  show a sequence in which a user navigates to various quadrants of a reduced menu and causes a deletion action to be performed on a bookmark. In  FIG. 5Q , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at a first location  552 - a  within the hit region  554 - b .  FIG. 5Q  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the first location  544 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - b ) to a second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In  FIG. 5R , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at the second location  552 - b  within the hit region  554 - a .  FIG. 5R  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action.  FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d.    
     In some embodiments, the user input is continuously detected ( 738 ), and the user input includes the selection input. For example, the user input is a continuous gesture with a press input portion to display the first menu and a selection gesture portion, such as a swipe, to select an option within the first menu. For example, a reduced menu is displayed in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact is above IT D , and the contact continues to be detected on a touch-sensitive surface. Continuing with this example, the user navigates into, or performs a swipe gesture, into one of the portions of the reduced menu (or a corresponding hit region) without lifting the contact and subsequently lifts-off the contact. In this example, the continuously detected contact is used both to display the reduced menu and to select a portion of the reduced menu. 
     In some embodiments, the user input is ( 740 ) a first user input, and the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. For example, a first gesture with a press input causes display of the first menu and a second selection gesture, such as a tap on an option in the first menu, causes selection of an option within the first menu. For example,  FIGS. 5P-5T  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is displayed in response to a first gesture satisfying predetermined criteria and, subsequently, a quadrant of the reduced menu is selected with a second gesture distinct from the first gesture.  FIG. 5P  illustrates contact  546  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  546  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to “Bookmark C” within the navigation bar  539 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  546  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5Q , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  548  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5P . 
     Continuing with the example above, in  FIG. 5Q , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at a first location  552 - a  within the hit region  554 - b .  FIG. 5Q  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the first location  544 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - b ) to a second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In  FIG. 5R , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at the second location  552 - b  within the hit region  554 - a .  FIG. 5R  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action.  FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d.    
     In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes ( 742 ) detecting a swipe gesture in a direction of the respective portion of the first menu. For example, the selection input is a quick swipe gesture in a direction (e.g., a gross up, down, right, or left swipe) that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu that causes the respective portion to be selected and/or an action associated with the respective portion to be performed. For example,  FIGS. 5BB-5EE  show a sequence in which a swipe gesture causes a respective quadrant of a reduced menu to be selected and an action corresponding to the respective quadrant to be performed.  FIG. 5BB  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  565  from the first location  566 - a  to a second location  566 - b  in the direction of the bottom quadrant of reduced menu  568  associated with the preview action. In  FIG. 5CC , the contact  565  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  at the second location  566 - b  and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  is changed in response to detecting contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant.  FIG. 5DD  shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  568  to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 . In  FIG. 5EE , a reduced menu  570  is concurrently displayed along with preview window  572  on display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  in  FIGS. 5CC-5DD . The preview window  572  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc). 
     In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes ( 744 ) detecting lift-off of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu. For example, lift-off of the respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu causes the action associated with the respective portion to be performed. For example,  FIGS. 5R-5T  show a sequence in which lift-off of a contact within a respective quadrant (or its corresponding hit region) causes the action associated with the respective quadrant to be selected and also causes an action corresponding to the respective quadrant to be performed.  FIG. 5R  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action.  FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d.    
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, the device changes ( 746 ) one or more display characteristics of the respective portion of the first menu (e.g., changing a respective quadrant&#39;s color, enlarging the quadrant, flashing/blinking, or the like, prior to or concurrent with performing the action that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu). For example,  FIGS. 5Q-5R  show a sequence in which detection of a contact within a respective quadrant (or its corresponding hit region) causes the respective quadrant of a reduced menu to be selected and a display characteristic of the respective quadrant is changed.  FIG. 5Q  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the first location  544 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - b ) to a second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action of reduced menu  548 . In  FIG. 5R , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at the second location  552 - b  within the hit region  554 - a.    
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies one or more predefined animation criteria (e.g., swipe gesture with X velocity or within Y time), the device displays ( 748 ) an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu. For example, a quadrant separates from the radial menu and subsequently returns to (e.g., snaps back into) the radial menu and blinks/flashes. In some embodiments, the animation occurs just prior to performing the action that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu. For example,  FIGS. 5CC-5DD  show a sequence in which a separation or tear-off animation of a respective quadrant of a reduced menu is performed in response to selection of the respective quadrant. In  FIG. 5CC , the contact  565  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  at the second location  566 - b  and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of reduced menu  568  is changed in response to detecting contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant.  FIG. 5DD  shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  568  to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, a different animation, such as a blinking or fade-out animation, is displayed in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies the one or more predefined animation criteria. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input does not satisfy the one or more predefined animation criteria (e.g., swipe gesture with X velocity or within Y time), the device initiates ( 750 ) performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu without displaying an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu. For example,  FIGS. 5H-5J  show a sequence in which a respective quadrant of a reduced menu is selected and the action associated with the respective quadrant (e.g., displaying a share menu) is performed without displaying an animation.  FIG. 5H  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  524  from a first location  526 - a  to a second location  526 - b  in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the share action. In  FIG. 5I , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  520  is changed in response to detecting the swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant in  FIG. 5H . In  FIG. 5J , a reduced menu  528  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the swipe gesture in  FIG. 5H  and lift-off of contact  524  within the top quadrant or its corresponding hit region. In some embodiments, reduced menu  528  is displayed concurrently with preview window  522 . 
     In some embodiments, initiating performance of the action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu includes ( 752 ): displaying another menu, distinct from the first menu, with one or more options for the action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu (e.g., the subsequent menu is a second radial menu or a list menu). For example, the option associated with a respective quadrant in the first menu corresponds to a sharing action and the subsequent menu includes options for sharing (e.g., via one or more social networks, SMS, email, etc.). For example,  FIGS. 5H-5J  show a sequence in which a second reduced menu is displayed in response to selecting a respective quadrant of a first reduced menu. In  FIG. 5H , reduced menu  520  is displayed on the display  450 . In this example, the reduced menu  520  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., to the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  504 , including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action.  FIG. 5H  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  524  from a first location  526 - a  to a second location  526 - b  in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the share action. In  FIG. 5I , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  520  is changed in response to detecting the swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant in  FIG. 5H . In  FIG. 5J , a reduced menu  528  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the swipe gesture in  FIG. 5H  and lift-off of contact  524  within the top quadrant or its corresponding hit region. In  FIG. 5J , the reduced menu  528  is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with the share action including: an email option, an SMS (short message service) option, Social Network A option, and Social Network B option. 
     In some embodiments, the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds ( 754 ) to a preview option, and initiating performance of the action that corresponds to the preview option includes: maintaining display of the first menu; and concurrently displaying a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element. In some embodiments, the preview area is concurrently displayed with the first menu in response to detecting selection of the preview option of the first menu. For example,  FIGS. 5BB-5EE  show a sequence in which a preview area is concurrently displayed with a reduced menu in response to selecting a preview option of a reduced menu.  FIG. 5BB  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  565  from the first location  566 - a  to a second location  566 - b  in the direction of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  associated with the preview action. In  FIG. 5CC , the contact  565  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  at the second location  566 - b  and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  is changed in response to detecting contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant.  FIG. 5DD  shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  568  to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 . In  FIG. 5EE , a reduced menu  570  is concurrently displayed along with preview window  572  on display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  in  FIGS. 5CC-5DD . The reduced menu  570  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. In some embodiments, the preview window  572  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc). In some embodiments, the preview window  572  displays a cleaned up representation of the web page that corresponds to the link, such as the representation seen in the Reader Mode in the Safari browser from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     Alternatively, in some embodiments, the preview area is automatically displayed concurrently with the first menu when the press input is detected at a location, for example, corresponding to a hyperlink. For example,  FIGS. 5G-5H  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is concurrently displayed along with a preview window in response to a contact meeting predefined criteria.  FIG. 5G  illustrates contact  518  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  518  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., to an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  518  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5H , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  520  is concurrently displayed on the display  450  along with a preview window  522  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5G . The preview window  522  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to an “Entertainment News” section of the website. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the preview area, the device ( 756 ): detects a subsequent selection input that selects a different portion of the first menu than the respective portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiates performance of a second action that corresponds to the selected different portion of the first menu. For example, as shown in  FIGS. 5H-5J , the device maintains display of the preview window  522  as the user selects the top quadrant of the reduced menu  520  and a subsequent reduced menu  528  is shown in response to selection of the top quadrant. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface is a first user interface associated with a first application executed by the electronic device, and the one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element include a first selectable option displayed at a first location within the first menu. While displaying a second user interface on the display for a second application, distinct from the first application, the second user interface including a second set of one or more user interface elements, the device: detects a second user input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a second user interface element in the second set of one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the second user input: in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the first input type (e.g., a two-finger tap gesture associated with a right-click operation), displays a fourth menu (e.g., an expanded menu) overlaid on the second user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element without displaying a third menu (e.g., a reduced menu) that is distinct from the fourth menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the third menu overlaid on the second user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element without displaying the fourth menu, where the one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element include a same option as the first selectable option in the first menu displayed at a same location in the third menu as the first location in the first menu. In some embodiments, just as the delete option is displayed in the left quadrant of the first menu of the first application, the delete option is displayed in the left quadrant of the second menu in the second application, along with one or more other options associated with the second user interface element displayed in the remainder of the second menu. In some embodiments, the same option in the third menu overlaid on the second user interface is disabled (i.e., not selectable or inactive). 
     For example,  FIGS. 5E-5F  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is displayed in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within a web browser window. In  FIG. 5F , reduced menu  516  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5E . In  FIG. 5F , the reduced menu  516  includes selectable options associated with the highlighted text (e.g., “Ebola) within the window  504 . The left quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  516  are empty. 
     In another example,  FIGS. 5V-5Y  show a sequence—similar to the one described above with reference to  FIGS. 5E-5F —in which a reduced menu is displayed in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within an email application window. In  FIG. 5Y , a final representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  560  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5Y , the final representation of the reduced menu  562  includes selectable options associated with the highlighted text (e.g., “New Years) within the window  558 . The left quadrant, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the words “New Years” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  562  are empty. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 7A-7F  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  800 ,  900 ,  1000 , and  1600 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  700  described above with respect to  FIGS. 7A-7F . For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method  700  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  800 ,  900 ,  1000 , and  1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
       FIGS. 8A-8B  illustrate a flow diagram of a method  800  of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method  800  is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device  100 ,  FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method  800  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  800  provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The device displays ( 802 ), on the display: a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements, and a cursor. For example, the one or more user interface elements are electronic documents, URLs, media items, content items, affordances, text, and/or the like. In a first example,  FIG. 5A  shows a window  504  for a web browser application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5A , the window  504  shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted and a cursor  502  is displayed over the highlighted text. In another example,  FIG. 5L  shows the window  534  for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) displayed on display  450  along with the bookmarks bar  532 . In  FIG. 5L , the cursor  502  is displayed over “Bookmark F” within the bookmarks bar  532 . In yet another example,  FIG. 5U  shows a window  558  for an email application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5U , the window  558  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-I) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In  FIG. 5U , a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted and the cursor  502  is displayed over the highlighted text. 
     The device detects ( 804 ) a user input on the touch-sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the display at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the user input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts. 
     In response to detecting ( 806 ) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type (e.g., a one-finger deep press gesture or a two finger tap/click gesture), the device ( 808 ): displays a first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element; and ceases to display the cursor on the display. In one example,  FIGS. 5E-5F  show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed and a cursor ceases to be displayed in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture.  FIG. 5E  shows contact  514  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  514  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  514  is above IT D  (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5F , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  516  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5E . In this example, the reduced menu  516  is centered at the location cursor  502  was displayed in  FIG. 5E  when the intensity of the contact  514  exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 5F , the reduced menu  516  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  516 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  516  are empty. 
     In another example,  FIGS. 6C-6D  show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed and a cursor ceases to be displayed in response to detecting a two-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 6C  shows contacts  611  and  612  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contacts  611  and  612  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  604 . In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts  611  and  612  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6D , the cursor  602  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  614  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6C . In this example, the reduced menu  614  is centered at the location cursor  602  was displayed in  FIG. 6C  when the combined intensity exceeded IT D . In  FIG. 6D , the reduced menu  614  includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu  614 , when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu  614 , which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu  614  are empty. 
     In some embodiments, the first menu is ( 810 ) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme, in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surface and the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  with a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme. In some embodiments, the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 812 ) two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 814 ) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  is a radial menu with four distinct selectable quadrants, including the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation. 
     In some embodiments, the device detects ( 816 ) a selection input that selects a respective portion (e.g., a quadrant or half) of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiates performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to detecting lift-off within the respective portion of the first menu or within a hit region that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to a swipe gesture in the direction of the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, prior to selecting the respective portion, the user navigates to the respective portion of the first menu and the portion of the first menu is visibly changed to show that it will be selected. For example, a quadrant in the first menu is highlighted, the quadrant flashes or blinks, a tooltip (e.g., the name of the action) associated with the action corresponding to the quadrant is overlaid on, or adjacent to, the quadrant, a color of the quadrant is changed, a border of the quadrant is thickened, or the like. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5Q-5T  show a sequence in which a user navigates to various quadrants of a reduced menu and causes a deletion action to be performed on a bookmark. In  FIG. 5Q , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at a first location  552 - a  within the hit region  554 - b .  FIG. 5Q  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the first location  544 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - b ) to a second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In  FIG. 5R , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at the second location  552 - b  within the hit region  554 - a .  FIG. 5R  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action.  FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d.    
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type distinct from the first input type (e.g., a one-finger light press gesture): initiates performance of ( 818 ) an action associated with the respective user interface element; and maintains display of the cursor. For example, the respective user interface element is highlighted, selected, or the like. In a first example,  FIGS. 5A-5B  show a sequence in which highlighted text within a web page is un-highlighted and display of a cursor is maintained in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 5A  shows a contact  506  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  506  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window  504 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  506  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 5B , the portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the home page is no longer highlighted in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 5A . 
     In another example,  FIGS. 6M-6N  show a sequence in which a link within a first web page is followed to a second web page and display of a cursor is maintained in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture.  FIG. 6M  shows a contact  636  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  602 ) corresponding to contact  636  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  636  is between IT L  and IT D  (e.g., the light press intensity level). In  FIG. 6N , a window  638  for a web browser application is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in  FIG. 6M . In  FIG. 6N , the window  638  shows an “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) for the website (e.g., the “All World News” website). 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied ( 820 ) when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensity (e.g., a characteristic intensity) above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger deep press gesture press), and the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger light press gesture). 
     In  FIGS. 5A-5II , a one-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. In one example,  FIGS. 5L-5M  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark F” within bookmark bar  532  causes display of reduced menu  538  with selectable options corresponding to “Bookmark F.” In another example,  FIGS. 5P-5Q  show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark C” within navigation bar  539  causes display of reduced menu  548  with selectable options corresponding to “Bookmark C.” 
     In  FIGS. 5A-5II , a one-finger light press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes an action associated with the user interface element to occur. For example,  FIGS. 5A-5B  show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within a web page causes the text to be un-highlighted. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied ( 822 ) when the user input includes a first number of contacts (e.g., a two finger tap/click gesture), and the one or more second first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts (e.g., a one finger tap/click gesture). 
     In  FIGS. 6A-6X , a two-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 6K-6L  show a sequence in which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a web page causes display of reduced menu  632  with selectable options corresponding to the link. 
     In  FIGS. 6A-6X , a one-finger light press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface  451  that corresponds to a user interface element causes an action associated with the user interface element to occur. For example,  FIGS. 6K-6L  show a sequence in which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a first web page (e.g., associated with the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) causes display of a second web page (e.g., associated with the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) corresponding to the link. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 8A-8B  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1000 , and  1600 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  800  described above with respect to  FIGS. 8A-8B . For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described above with reference to method  800  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1000 , and  1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
       FIGS. 9A-9C  illustrate a flow diagram of a method  900  of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method  900  is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device  100 ,  FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method  900  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  900  provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The device displays ( 902 ), on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements. For example, the one or more user interface elements are electronic documents, URLs, media items, content items, affordances, text, and/or the like. In a first example,  FIG. 5A  shows a window  504  for a web browser application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5A , the window  504  shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. In another example,  FIG. 5L  shows the window  534  for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) displayed on display  450  along with the bookmarks bar  532 . In yet another example,  FIG. 5U  shows a window  558  for an email application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5U , the window  558  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-I) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In  FIG. 5U , a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted. 
     The device detects ( 904 ) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the user input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts. 
     In response to detecting ( 906 ) the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input the device, the device initiates performance of ( 908 ) an action that corresponds to the single option (e.g., resolving a URL or hyperlink within a web browser window to open a new web page associated with the URL). In some embodiments, the single option is associated with the press input of a first type (e.g., a deep press gesture). In some embodiments, the single option is a “preferred option” for the input type that is set in software (e.g., set as the default by the software developer or user selected). 
     In some embodiments, the device: displays, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; detects a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the press input and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiates performance of an action that corresponds to the single option. 
     In some embodiments, the respective user interface element corresponds to ( 910 ) a portion of an electronic document, and performing the action that corresponds to the single option includes: in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document (e.g., a text portion) does not include data detected links, displaying a first additional user interface element overlaid on the electronic document with one or more selectable options (e.g., a menu with options such as copy, paste, dictionary look-up, etc.) that correspond to the portion of the electronic document (e.g., the text portion); and, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document (e.g., the text portion) includes a data detected link, displaying a second additional user interface element, distinct from the first additional user interface element, for the data detected link. In some embodiments, if the portion of the electronic document does not correspond to a data detected link (e.g., a word or ordinary text), a first additional user interface element, such as a list menu, is displayed. Conversely, in some embodiments, if the portion of the electronic document corresponds to a data detected link (e.g., a phone number, name of a person or business, address, etc.), a second additional user interface element, such as a contact card or a menu with calling options, is displayed. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5FF-5GG  show a sequence in which a deep-press gesture on a data detected link corresponding to a name causes display of a contact card (e.g., the second additional user interface element).  FIG. 5FF  illustrates a contact  574  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  574  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to data detected link  576  (e.g., the name “G. Rasputin”) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  574  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5GG , a first additional user interface element  578  (i.e., a contact card) that corresponds to G. Rasputin” is overlaid on window  558  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link  576  in  FIG. 5FF . 
     In another example,  FIGS. 5HH-5II  show a sequence in which a deep-press gesture on a data detected link corresponding to a phone number causes display of a customized menu (e.g., the second additional user interface element).  FIG. 5HH  illustrates a contact  580  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  580  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to data detected link  582  (e.g., the phone number “+1.xxx.xxx.xxxx”) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  580  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5II , a second additional user interface element  584  (i.e., a menu) is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link  582  in  FIG. 5HH . The second additional user interface element  584 , in  FIG. 5II , includes options associated with the phone number, including: adding the phone number as a new contact, adding the phone number to an existing contact, or calling the phone number via multiple potential options (e.g., VoIP, cellular service, FaceTime, etc.). 
     In response to detecting ( 906 ) the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface element meets second action criteria, the second action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a first number of (selectable) options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, the device displays ( 912 ) a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where the first menu includes a first set of selectable options (e.g., selectable options that are part of the first number of selectable options). In some embodiments, the first set of selectable options includes the first number of selectable options. For example, the respective user interface element is a bookmark in a bookmark bar or navigation bar within a window of a web browser application, which is associated with four options. In this example, when the respective user interface element is selected a first menu (e.g., a reduced menu) is displayed. As an example scenario, in  FIGS. 5L-5M , the respective user interface element is “Bookmark F” in bookmarks bar  532 , which is associated with four options. In this example, the first menu is reduced menu  538 , in  FIG. 5M , with four selectable options, including a new window action in the top quadrant, a new tab action in the right quadrant, the copy action in the bottom quadrant, and the delete action in the left quadrant. 
     In some embodiments, the second action criteria include ( 914 ) a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a first number of (selectable) options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one and less than a first threshold number of (selectable) options (e.g., less than 5 selectable options). For example, with reference to  FIGS. 5L-5M , the respective user interface element (e.g., “Bookmark F” in bookmarks bar  532 ) is associated with four options. 
     In some embodiments, the first menu is ( 916 ) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location of the contact in the press input on the touch sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme, in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surface and the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  with a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme. In some embodiments, the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 918 ) two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 920 ) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  is a radial menu with four distinct selectable quadrants, including the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation. 
     In some embodiments, the device detects ( 922 ) a selection input that selects a respective portion (e.g., a quadrant or half) of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to detecting lift-off within the respective portion of the first menu or within a hit region that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to a swipe gesture in the direction of the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, prior to selecting the respective portion, the user navigates to the respective portion of the first menu and the portion of the first menu is visibly changed to show that it will be selected. For example, a quadrant in the first menu is highlighted, the quadrant flashes or blinks, a tooltip (e.g., the name of the action) associated with the action corresponding to the quadrant is overlaid on, or adjacent to, the quadrant, a color of the quadrant is changed, a border of the quadrant is thickened, or the like. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5Q-5T  show a sequence in which a user navigates to various quadrants of a reduced menu and causes a deletion action to be performed on a bookmark. In  FIG. 5Q , a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at a first location  552 - a  within the hit region  554 - b .  FIG. 5Q  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the first location  544 - a  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - b ) to a second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In  FIG. 5R , a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting contact  550  at the second location  552 - b  within the hit region  554 - a .  FIG. 5R  also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action.  FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d.    
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting ( 906 ) the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface element meets third action criteria, the third action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a second number of (selectable) options associated with the press input, where the second number is greater than a second threshold number of (selectable) options (e.g., 5 or more selectable options), the device displays ( 924 ) a second menu, distinct from the first menu, overlaid on the user interface, where the second menu includes a second set of selectable options (e.g., selectable options that are part of the second number of selectable options). In some embodiments, the second set of selectable options includes the second number of selectable options. In some embodiments, the second set of selectable options includes more selectable options than the first set of selectable options. For example, the respective user interface element is a hyperlink within a web page which is associated with five or more options. In this example, when the respective user interface element is selected a second menu (e.g., an expanded menu) is displayed. As an example scenario, in  FIGS. 6I-6J , the respective user interface element is a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window  604 , which is associated with more than four options. In this example, the second menu is expanded menu  628 , in  FIG. 6J , with eight selectable options, including: opening the “Entertainment News” section of the website in a new tab of the window  604 , opening the “Entertainment News” section of the website in a new window of the web browser application, downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website, downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website with a specified file name and/or file type, adding the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user&#39;s bookmarks, adding the link to add the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user&#39;s bookmarks, adding the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user&#39;s reading list, copying the link to the clipboard, performing a web search with a search engine based on the link, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of selectable options in the first menu is ( 926 ) a subset of the second set of selectable options in the second menu. In some embodiments, the first set of selectable options includes less than all of the selectable options in the second set of selectable options. In some embodiments, the first set of selectable options includes at least one of the selectable options in the second set of selectable options. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 9A-9C  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  1000 , and  1600 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  900  described above with respect to  FIGS. 9A-9C . For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described above with reference to method  900  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  1000 , and  1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
       FIGS. 10A-10D  illustrate a flow diagram of a method  1000  of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1000  is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device  100 ,  FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method  1000  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1000  provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The device displays ( 1002 ), on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements. For example, the one or more user interface elements are electronic documents, URLs, media items, content items, affordances, text, and/or the like. In a first example,  FIG. 5A  shows a window  504  for a web browser application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5A , the window  504  shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. In another example,  FIG. 5L  shows the window  534  for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) displayed on display  450  along with the bookmarks bar  532 . In yet another example,  FIG. 5U  shows a window  558  for an email application displayed on display  450 . In  FIG. 5U , the window  558  displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A-I) in a user&#39;s inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In  FIG. 5U , a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted. 
     The device detects ( 1004 ) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the press input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts. 
     In some embodiments, after detecting the press input by the contact and prior to detecting that the intensity of the contact is above the first intensity threshold (e.g., where the first menu is displayed at its full size and minimum translucency), the device displays ( 1006 ) the additional user interface element at a reduced size. For example, as the intensity of the contact increases the size of the first menu increases and its translucency decreases until it is displayed at its maximum size and minimum translucency when the intensity of the contact reaches the first intensity threshold. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5U-5Y  show a sequence in which a reduced menu  562  is displayed at various sizes and translucency levels as the intensity of continuously detected contact  560  increases. In  FIGS. 5U-5V , contact  560  is detected on the touch-sensitive surface  451  at a location that corresponds to the highlighted text window the window  558 . The intensity of contact  560 , in  FIGS. 5U-5V , is below a predetermined trigger intensity, which triggers display of the reduced menu  562 , and also ceases to display the cursor  502 . In  FIG. 5W , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a first intermediate representation of a reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  560  is above the predetermined trigger intensity and below IT D . The first intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562 , in  FIG. 5W , is displayed at a first size and a first translucency level and includes selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A.” In  FIG. 5X , a second intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to the increase of the intensity of the contact  560 , which is still less than IT D , as compared to  FIG. 5W . The second intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562 , in  FIG. 5X , is displayed at a second size that is bigger than the first size and a second translucency level that is lower than the first translucency level. In  FIG. 5Y , a final representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  560  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). The final intermediate representation of the reduced menu  562 , in  FIG. 5Y , is displayed at a third size that is bigger than the second size and a third translucency level that is lower than the second translucency level. For example, the final representation of the reduced menu  562  is displayed at its normal size and normal translucency as compared to the first and second representations of the reduced menu  562  in  FIGS. 5W and 5X , respectively. 
     In response to detecting the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the contact in the press input has an intensity (e.g., a characteristic intensity) above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a one-finger deep press gesture), the device displays ( 1008 ) an additional user interface element (e.g., a quick look interface or a reduced menu) overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element. For example,  FIGS. 5Z-5AA  show a sequence in which a reduced menu with selectable options is overlaid on a window for a mail application in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture.  FIG. 5Z  illustrates a contact  564  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  564  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abc) within the window  558 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  564  is between IT 0  and IT L  (e.g., the contact detection intensity threshold). In  FIG. 5AA , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and reduced menu  568  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  564  is above IT D . 
     In some embodiments, the additional user interface element is ( 1010 ) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location of the contact in the press input on the touch sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme, in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surface and the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  with a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme. In some embodiments, the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 1012 ) two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes ( 1014 ) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu  516  in  FIG. 5F  is a radial menu with four distinct selectable quadrants, including the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation. 
     While displaying the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the device detects ( 1016 ) that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below a second intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold corresponds to the first intensity threshold (e.g., IT D ). In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is distinct from the first intensity threshold (e.g., the second intensity threshold is lower than the first intensity threshold such at IT L  or IT 0 ). 
     In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination that the press input (e.g., a slow deep press gesture) meets ( 1018 ) predefined timing criteria, the device, in accordance with a determination ( 1020 ) that a respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies predetermined location criteria: initiates performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element; and ceases to display the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface. In some embodiments, the determination as to the location/action criteria is made at the time of the intensity of the contact in the press input is detected to be below the second intensity threshold. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5U-5Z  show a sequence in which a reduced menu (e.g., the additional user interface element) is dismissed upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that the predefined timing criteria are satisfied. In some embodiments, after determining that the predefined timing criteria is satisfied (e.g., the time of continuous detection of a contact exceeds a predefined time period T X ), a location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface at lift-off corresponds to a respective option within the additional user interface element on the display such as a respective quadrant when the additional user interface element is a radial menu with four portions. For example, with reference to  FIG. 5Y , after determining that contact  560  has been continuously detected for a time greater than the predefined time period T X , if contact  560  is detected at location associated with the left quadrant of reduced menu  562  (or its corresponding hit region) when lift-off of contact  560  is detected, the copy action associated with the left quadrant is performed on the highlighted text (e.g., “New Years”), the reduced menu  562  ceases to be displayed, and the cursor  502  is re-displayed. In some embodiments, the device ceases to display the additional user interface element concurrent with performing the action. 
     In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination that the press input (e.g., a slow deep press gesture) meets ( 1018 ) predefined timing criteria, the device, in accordance with a determination that the respective location of the contact in the press input does not satisfy the predetermined location criteria, the device ceases ( 1022 ) to display the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface while forgoing performance of the action associated with the respective user interface element. 
     For example,  FIGS. 5U-5Z  show a sequence in which a reduced menu (e.g., the additional user interface element) is dismissed upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that the predefined timing criteria are satisfied. In some embodiments, after determining that the predefined timing criteria is satisfied (e.g., the time of continuous detection of a contact exceeds a predefined time period T X ), a location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface at lift-off does not correspond to a respective option within the additional user interface element on the display. For example,  FIGS. 5Y-5Z  show a sequence in which the reduced menu  562  ceases to be displayed, the cursor  502  is re-displayed, and actions associated with the reduced menu  562  are forgone in accordance with a first determination that the contact  560  has been continuously detected for a time greater than the predefined time period T X  and in accordance with a second determination that the location of contact  560  at the time of lift-off is not associated with any of the quadrants of reduced menu  562  (or their corresponding hit regions). 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1024 ) in accordance with a determination that a time interval that the contact in the press input remains above the first intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1026 ) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold being reached by the contact and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1028 ) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold being reached by the contact is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1030 ) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1032 ) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1034 ) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. For example,  FIGS. 5U-5Z  show a sequence in which the predefined time period (e.g., T X ) corresponds to the time interval between detecting of initial touch-down of contact  560  and detecting that the intensity of the contact  560  is below the second intensity threshold (e.g., IT 0 ). 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied ( 1036 ) in accordance with a determination that a rate of increase of the intensity of the contact in the press input (e.g., the time between touch-down and reaching the threshold intensity is above a time threshold, or the time between reaching a first (animation preview) intensity threshold and reaching a second (menu display) intensity threshold is above a time threshold) is below a predetermined threshold. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination that the press input (e.g., a quick deep press gesture) does not meet ( 1038 ) the predefined timing criteria, the device maintains ( 1040 ) display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface. For example,  FIGS. 5Z-5BB  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is maintained upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that predefined timing criteria are not satisfied.  FIG. 5Z  illustrates a contact  564  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  564  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abc) within the window  558 . In  FIG. 5AA , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and reduced menu  568  is displayed on display  450  in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact  564  is above IT D . Furthermore,  FIG. 5AA  illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact  564  that is below a predefined time period T X . In  FIG. 5AA , the reduced menu  568  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and a preview action. In  FIG. 5BB , contact  564  is no longer detected on touch-sensitive surface  451 .  FIG. 5BB  illustrates maintaining display of the reduced menu  568  after detecting lift-off of contact  564  and in accordance with a determination that the time of continuous detection of the contact  564  was below a predefined time period T X . 
     In some embodiments, while maintaining display ( 1042 ) of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the device ( 1044 ): detects lift-off of the contact in the press input at a location corresponding to a center of the additional user interface element on the display; and, in response to detecting lift-off of the contact in the press input at the location corresponding to the center of the additional user interface element on the display, ceases display of the additional user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 5M-5P  show a sequence in which a user navigates into a respective quadrant of a reduced menu (e.g., the additional user interface element) and subsequently navigates back into the center of the reduced menu to dismiss the reduced menu and forgo performing the action associated with the respective quadrant. In this example, each of the quadrants of reduced menu  538  is associated with a hit region  540  on the touch-sensitive surface  451  that is larger than its displayed area on the display  450 . The top quadrant corresponding to the new window action is associated hit region  540 - a , the right quadrant corresponding to the new tab operation is associated with hit region  540 - b , the bottom quadrant corresponding to the copy operation is associated with hit region  540 - c , and the left quadrant corresponding to the delete operation is associated with hit region  540 - d . For example, lift-off of a contact within a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions  540  (e.g., shown in  FIGS. 5Q-5R  as center “dead-zone”  556 ) causes dismissal of the reduced menu  538  while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu  538 . 
     In some embodiments, while maintaining display ( 1042 ) of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the device ( 1046 ): detects a selection input that selects a respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiates performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 5BB-5EE  show a sequence in which a preview area is concurrently displayed with a reduced menu in response to selecting a preview option of a reduced menu.  FIG. 5BB  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  565  from the first location  566 - a  to a second location  566 - b  in the direction of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  associated with the preview action. In  FIG. 5CC , the contact  565  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  at the second location  566 - b  and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  is changed in response to detecting contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant.  FIG. 5DD  shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  568  to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 . In  FIG. 5EE , a reduced menu  570  is concurrently displayed along with preview window  572  on display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  in  FIGS. 5CC-5DD . The reduced menu  570  is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. The preview window  572  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc). 
     In some embodiments, the press input is ( 1048 ) a first user input, and the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. For example, a first gesture with a press input causes display of the first menu and a second selection gesture, such as a tap on an option in the additional user interface element, selects an option within the additional user interface element. For example,  FIGS. 5P-5T  show a sequence in which a reduced menu is displayed in response to a first gesture satisfying predetermined criteria and a quadrant of the reduced menu is selected with a second gesture distinct from the first gesture.  FIG. 5P  illustrates contact  546  detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor  502 ) corresponding to contact  546  at a location on the display  450  that corresponds to a “Bookmark C” within the navigation bar  539 . In this example, the intensity of the contact  546  is above IT D  (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In  FIG. 5Q , the cursor  502  ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu  548  is displayed on the display  450  in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in  FIG. 5P . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the selection input is a continuous gesture with a press input to display the additional user interface element and a selection gesture, such as a swipe, to select an option within the additional user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes ( 1050 ) detecting a swipe gesture in a direction on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a direction on the display that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element. For example, a quick swipe gesture in a direction (e.g., a gross up, down, right, or left swipe) that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu causes the respective portion to be selected and/or an action associated with the respective portion to be performed. For example,  FIGS. 5BB-5DD  show a sequence in which a swipe gesture causes a respective quadrant of a reduced menu to be selected and an action corresponding to the respective quadrant to be performed.  FIG. 5BB  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  565  from the first location  566 - a  to a second location  566 - b  in the direction of the bottom quadrant of reduced menu  568  associated with the preview action. In  FIG. 5CC , the contact  565  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  451  at the second location  566 - b  and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  is changed in response to detecting contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant.  FIG. 5DD  also shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  568  to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568 . In  FIG. 5EE , a reduced menu  570  is concurrently displayed along with preview window  572  on display  450  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  565  at the second location  566 - b  within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu  568  in  FIGS. 5CC-5DD . The preview window  572  displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc). 
     In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes ( 1052 ) detecting lift-off of a respective contact at a location that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element on the display. For example, lift-off of the respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu causes the action associated with the respective portion to be performed. For example,  FIGS. 5R-5T  show a sequence in which lift-off of a contact within a respective quadrant (or its corresponding hit region) causes the action associated with the respective quadrant to be selected and also causes the action to be performed.  FIG. 5R  illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact  550  from the second location  552 - b  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - a ) to a third location  552 - c  (e.g., corresponding to hit region  554 - d ) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action.  FIG. 5S  shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu  548  and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu  548  is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d . In  FIG. 5T , “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar  532  and the navigation bar  539  in response to detecting lift-off of contact  550  at the third location  552 - c  within the hit region  554 - d.    
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 10A-10D  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1600 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1000  described above with respect to  FIGS. 10A-10D . For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described above with reference to method  1000  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 11  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1100  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 11  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 11 , an electronic device  1100  includes a display unit  1102  configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit  1104  configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units  1106  configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit  1104 ; and a processing unit  1110  coupled with the display unit  1102 , the touch-sensitive surface unit  1104  and the one or more sensor units  1106 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1110  includes: a display control unit  1112 , an input detecting unit  1114 , an input type determining unit  1116 , a performing unit  1118 , a lift-off detecting unit  1120 , and an animating unit  1122 . 
     The processing unit  1110  is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ), on the display unit  1102 , a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1114 ) a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1104  at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, the processing unit  1110  is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1114 ) that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) a second menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without enabling display of a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1114 ) that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) the first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying the second menu, where the first menu includes a subset of the one or more selectable options included in the second menu. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1114 ) that the user input satisfies one or more third input criteria that correspond to a third input type, distinct from the first input type and the second input type, the processing unit  1110  is configured to initiate performance (e.g., with the performing unit  1118 ) of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu and without enabling display of the second menu. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a first number of contacts, the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts, where at least one of the second number of contacts has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with the second number of contacts, where at least one of the second number of contacts has an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a first number of contacts, the one or more second first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts, and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a third number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts and the second number of contacts. 
     In some embodiments, a contact in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the display unit  1102 , and the processing unit  1110  is configured to: in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, cease display of the cursor on the display unit  1102 . 
     In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit  1102  at a location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface unit  1104 . 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming a quarter of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the four quadrants are oriented within the first menu in the cardinal directions. 
     In some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants are empty. 
     In some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants are disabled. 
     In some embodiments, after enabling display of the first menu overlaid on the user interface, the processing unit  1110  is configured to: detect lift-off (e.g., with the lift-off detecting unit  1120 ) of a respective contact at a location on the touch sensitive surface unit  1104  that corresponds to a center of the radial menu on the display unit  1102 ; and, in response to detecting lift-off of the respective contact, cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) the radial menu overlaid on the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1110  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1114 ) a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit  1118 ) an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, the user input is continuously detected, and the user input includes the selection input. 
     In some embodiments, the user input is a first user input, and where the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1110  is configured to the selection input by detecting (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1114 ) a swipe gesture in a direction of the respective portion of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1110  is configured to detect the selection input by detecting lift-off (e.g., with the lift-off detecting unit  1120 ) of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, the processing unit  1110  is configured to change (e.g., with the animating unit  1122 ) one or more display characteristics of the respective portion of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, and in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies one or more predefined animation criteria, the processing unit  1110  is configured to enable display of (e.g., with the animating unit  1122 ) an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, and in accordance with a determination that the selection input does not satisfy the one or more predefined animation criteria, the processing unit  1110  is configured to initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit  1118 ) an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu without enabling display of an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1110  is configured to initiate performance of the action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu by enabling display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) another menu, distinct from the first menu, with one or more options for the action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and the processing unit  1110  is configured to initiate performance of the action that corresponds to the preview option by: maintaining display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) the first menu; and concurrently enabling display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, while enabling display of the preview area, the processing unit  1110  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1114 ) a subsequent selection input that selects a different portion of the first menu than the respective portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit  1118 ) a second action that corresponds to the selected different portion of the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface is a first user interface associated with a first application executed by the electronic device  1100 , and the one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element include a first selectable option displayed at a first location within the first menu. While enabling display of a second user interface on the display for a second application, distinct from the first application, the second user interface including a second set of one or more user interface elements, the processing unit  1110  is configured to detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1114 ) a second user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1104  at a location that corresponds to a second user interface element in the second set of one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the second user input, the processing unit  1110  is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1116 ) that the second user input corresponds to the first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) a fourth menu overlaid on the second user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element without enabling display of a third menu that is distinct from the fourth menu; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1116 ) that the second user input corresponds to the second input type, distinct from the first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1112 ) the third menu overlaid on the second user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element without enabling display of the fourth menu, where the one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element include a same option as the first selectable option in the first menu displayed at a same location in the third menu as the first location in the first menu. 
     In some embodiments, the same option in the third menu overlaid on the second user interface is disabled. 
     In some embodiments, selectable options in the first menu that correspond to destructive actions are visually distinguished from selectable options that correspond to nondestructive actions. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 1A and 3 ) or application specific chips. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 7A-7F  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 11 . For example, detection operations  704 , performance operation  712 , and animation operations  746  and  748  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally uses or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 12  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1200  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 12  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 12 , an electronic device  1200  includes a display unit  1202  configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit  1204  configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units  1206  configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit  1204 ; and a processing unit  1210  coupled with the display unit  1202 , the touch-sensitive surface unit  1204  and the one or more sensor units  1206 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1210  includes: a display control unit  1212 , an input detecting unit  1214 , an input type determining unit  1216 , and a performing unit  1218 . 
     The processing unit  1210  is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1212 ), on the display unit  1202 , a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements and a cursor; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1214 ) a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1204  while the cursor is displayed on the display unit  1202  at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit  1216 ) that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, the processing unit  1210  is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1212 ) a first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element; and cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1212 ) the cursor on the display unit  1202 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type distinct from the first input type, the processing unit  1210  is configured to: initiate performance perform of (e.g., with the performing unit  1218 ) an action associated with the respective user interface element; and maintain display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1212 ) the cursor. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensity above a first intensity threshold, and the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a first number of contacts, and the one or more second first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts. 
     In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit  1202  at a location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface unit  1204 . 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming a quarter of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1210  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1214 ) a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance (e.g., with the performing unit  1218 ) of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 1A and 3 ) or application specific chips. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-8B  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 12 . For example, detection operation  804  and performance operation  816  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally uses or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 13  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1300  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 13  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 13 , an electronic device  1300  includes a display unit  1302  configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit  1304  configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units  1306  configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit  1304 ; and a processing unit  1310  coupled with the display unit  1302 , the touch-sensitive surface unit  1304  and the one or more sensor units  1306 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1310  includes: a display control unit  1312 , an input detecting unit  1314 , a criteria determining unit  1316 , a performing unit  1318 , and a data detecting unit  1320 . 
     The processing unit  1310  is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1312 ), on the display unit  1302 , a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1314 ) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1304  at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, the processing unit  1310  is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the criteria determining unit  1316 ) that the respective user interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit  1318 ) an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the criteria determining unit  1316 ) that the respective user interface element meets second action criteria, the second action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1312 ) a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where the first menu includes a first set of selectable options. 
     In some embodiments, second action criteria include a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one and less than a first threshold number of options. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the press input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the criteria determining unit  1316 ) that the respective user interface element meets third action criteria, the third action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a second number of options associated with the press input, where the second number is greater than a second threshold number of, the processing unit  1310  is configured to enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1312 ) a second menu, distinct from the first menu, overlaid on the user interface, where the second menu includes a second set of selectable options. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of selectable options in the first menu is a subset of the second set of selectable options in the second menu. 
     In some embodiments, the respective user interface element corresponds to a portion of an electronic document, and the processing unit  1310  is configured to initiate performance of the action that corresponds to the single option by: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the data detecting unit  1320 ) that the portion of the electronic document does not include data detected links, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1312 ) a first additional user interface element overlaid on the electronic document with one or more selectable options that correspond to the portion of the electronic document; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the data detecting unit  1320 ) that the portion of the electronic document includes a data detected link, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1312 ) a second additional user interface element, distinct from the first additional user interface element, for the data detected link. 
     In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit  1302  at location that corresponds to a location of the contact in the press input on the touch sensitive surface unit  1304 . 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming a quarter of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1310  is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1314 ) a selection input that selects a respective portion (of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit  1318 ) an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 1A and 3 ) or application specific chips. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 9A-9C  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 13 . For example, detection operation  904  and performance operation  908  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally uses or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 14  shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device  1400  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 14  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 14 , an electronic device  1400  includes a display unit  1402  configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit  1404  configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units  1406  configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit  1404 ; and a processing unit  1410  coupled with the display unit  1402 , the touch-sensitive surface unit  1404  and the one or more sensor units  1406 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  1410  includes: a display control unit  1412 , an input detecting unit  1414 , an intensity monitoring unit  1416 , a timing criteria determining unit  1418 , a location criteria determining unit  1420 , a performing unit  1422 , and a lift-off detecting unit  1424 . 
     The processing unit  1410  is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ), on the display unit  1402 , a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1414 ) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1404  at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the intensity monitoring unit  1416 ) that the contact in the press input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ) an additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element. While enabling display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the processing unit  1410  is configured to detect (e.g., with the intensity monitoring unit  1416 ) that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below a second intensity threshold. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the timing criteria determining unit  1418 ) that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the processing unit  1410  is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the location criteria determining unit  1420 ) that a respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies predetermined location criteria: initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit  1422 ) an action associated with the respective user interface element; and cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ) the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the timing criteria determining unit  1418 ) that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the processing unit  1410  is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the location criteria determining unit  1420 ) that a respective location of the contact in the press input does not satisfy the predetermined location criteria, cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ) the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface while forgoing performance of the action associated with the respective user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the timing criteria determining unit  1418 ) that the press input does not meet the predefined timing criteria, the processing unit  1410  is configured to maintain display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ) the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while maintaining display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the processing unit  1410  is configured to: detect lift-off (e.g., with the lift-off detecting unit  1424 ) of the contact in the press input at a location corresponding to a center of the additional user interface element on the display unit  1402 ; and, in response to detecting lift-off of the contact in the press input at the location corresponding to the center of the additional user interface element on the display unit  1402 , cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ) the additional user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the press input is a first user input, and the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1410  is configured to detect the selection input by detecting (e.g., with the input detecting unit  1414 ) a swipe gesture in a direction on the touch-sensitive surface unit  1404  that corresponds to a direction on the display unit  1402  that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  1410  is configured to detect the selection input by detecting lift-off (e.g., with the lift-off detecting unit  1424 ) of a respective contact at a location that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element on the display unit  1402 . 
     In some embodiments, after detecting the press input by the contact and prior to detecting that the intensity of the contact is above the first intensity threshold, the processing unit  1410  is configured to enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit  1412 ) the additional user interface element at a reduced size. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval that the contact in the press input remains above the first intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold being reached by the contact and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold being reached by the contact is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. 
     In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a rate of increase of the intensity of the contact in the press input is below a predetermined threshold. 
     In some embodiments, the additional user interface element is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit  1402  at a location that corresponds to a location of the contact in the press input on the touch sensitive surface unit  1404 . 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radial menu. 
     In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming a quarter of the radial menu. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 1A and 3 ) or application specific chips. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 10A-10D  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 14 . For example, detection operation  1004  and maintaining operation  1040  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally uses or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
       FIGS. 15A-15S  illustrate exemplary user for interacting with a map in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described herein, including the processes in  FIGS. 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, 10A-10D, and 16A-16B . Some of  FIGS. 15A-15S  include intensity diagrams  550  that show a current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to a plurality of intensity thresholds including IT 0 , IT L , and IT D . In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to IT D  are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “IT L ”). In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to IT L  are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “IT 0 ”). 
     For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference to  FIGS. 15A-15S  will be discussed with reference to a device with display  450  and separate touch-sensitive surface  451 ; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with touch-sensitive display system  112  in response to detecting the contacts described in  FIGS. 15A-15S  on touch-sensitive display system  112  while displaying the user interfaces shown in  FIGS. 15A-15S  on touch-sensitive display system  112 ; in such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective contact, a representative point corresponding to a contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on touch-sensitive display system  112 , in place of cursor  1510 . 
       FIG. 15A  illustrates map view user interface  1500  displayed on display  450 . Map view user interface  1500  displays map  1502  (e.g., showing a map region of the San Francisco Bay Area). Map view user interface  1500  also provides zoom-in affordance  1504 , zoom-out affordance  1506 , and compass  1508  that indicates the displayed orientation of map  1502  (e.g., in the example shown, map  1502  is oriented along true north as indicated by compass  1508 ). A cursor  1510  is positioned over a respective location of map  1502 . 
     In some embodiments, the device receives a touch input  1512 . In accordance with a determination that touch input  512  meets first intensity criteria, the device performs a first operation with respect to map  1502 . In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that touch input  1512  does not meet the first intensity criteria, the device forgoes performing the first operation with respect to map  1502 . In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that touch input  1512  does not meet the first intensity criteria, the device performs a second operation with respect to the map. In some embodiments, the first intensity criteria include a determination that touch input  1512  is above a respective intensity threshold (e.g., touch input  1512  has an intensity greater than IT D  as shown in intensity diagram  550 , so that touch input  1512  is considered a deep press). In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 15B , the first operation includes dropping (e.g., placing/displaying) a marker/pin/point-of-interest (POI)  1514  at the location of cursor  1510 . In some embodiments, the first operation is performed in response to determining that touch input  512  meets first intensity criteria (e.g., the first operation is performed without waiting for a predetermined amount of time after determining that that touch input  512  meets the first intensity criteria, thereby allowing more rapid and efficient interaction with the map). 
     In some embodiments, the second operation (e.g., when the touch input does not meet the first intensity criteria) includes moving cursor  1510  in accordance with the position of the touch input. In some embodiments, the second operation includes re-displaying a different map region in accordance with the position of the touch input (e.g., scrolling the map). 
       FIG. 15C  illustrates points-of-interest (POIs)  1516  (e.g., POI  1516 - a ; POI  1516 - b ; and POI  1516 - c ) displayed in response to a search query  1518 . For example, in response to a search query for “Beaches” the device displays a plurality of POIs  1516  each corresponding to a beach on map  1502 . The device receives a touch input  1520  (e.g., a light or deep press) while cursor  1510  is over a respective POI  1516  (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 15C , cursor  1510  is over POI  1516 - c ). In response to detecting touch input  1520  while cursor  1510  is displayed over the respective POI  1516 , and in accordance with a determination that touch input  1520  meets second intensity criteria (e.g., the same intensity criteria as the first intensity criteria, or different intensity criteria), the device performs a first operation with respect to the POI  1516 . For example, as shown in  FIG. 15G , in some embodiments, upon detecting touch input  1520  with an intensity over IT D , the device displays a user interface region  1522  that includes descriptive information about POI  1516 - c  (e.g., a place card). In some embodiments, as shown in  FIGS. 15C-15G , the device displays an animated transition of user interface region  1522  appearing (e.g., as shown in  FIGS. 15C-15G , user interface region  1522  grows larger). In some embodiments, at least a portion of the animated transition is directly controllable by the intensity of touch input  1520 . For example, the animated transition is initiated when the intensity of touch input  1520  exceeds IT L . In some embodiments, at least a portion (e.g., the beginning) of the animated transition progresses as the intensity of touch input  1520  increases. In some embodiments, user interface region  1522 , once fully displayed, remains on display  450  regardless of subsequent changes to the intensity of touch input  1520  (e.g., display of user interface region  1522  is “sticky” after it is fully displayed). In some embodiments, when the intensity of touch input  1520  drops below IT D  the animated transition reverses, and the device discontinues display of user interface region  1522  (e.g., display of user interface region  1522  is not “sticky” and the first operation is an operation to “peek” at user interface region  1522 ). 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIGS. 15H-151 , the device receives a touch input  1524  (e.g., a tap gesture) while cursor  1510  is over a respective POI  1516 . In response to detecting touch input  1524  while cursor  1510  is over the respective POI  1516 , in accordance with a determination that touch input  1524  does not meet the second intensity criteria (e.g., IT D ), the device performs a second operation with respect to the POI  1516 . For example, as shown in  FIGS. 15H-151 , in some embodiments, upon detecting touch input  1524  (e.g., a tap gesture) with an intensity above IT L , the device displays a user interface region  1526  that includes a quick menu corresponding to POI  1516 - c  (e.g., showing a rating, driving time, etc.). In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 151 , when the device detects termination (e.g., discontinuation) of touch input  1524 , the device maintains display of user interface region  1526  (e.g., user interface region  1526  is sticky, allowing the user to interact with user interface region  1526  via separate, distinct, touch inputs). In some embodiments, a subsequent separate touch input (e.g., a tap gesture) on the display of driving time (e.g., “46 mins”) initiates displaying directions to the POI  1516 - c.    
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 15J , the device detects a touch input  1528  (e.g., a tap gesture) while cursor  1510  is over an affordance (e.g., a place-card affordance represented by the symbol “&gt;”) within user interface region  1526 . In some embodiments, the device responds to touch input  1528  (e.g., a tap gesture) while cursor  1510  is over the affordance by displaying user interface region  1522  as shown in  FIG. 15K . In some embodiments, when user interface region  1522  is displayed in response to touch input  1528  (e.g., a tap gesture on the affordance within user interface region  1526 ), the device maintains display of user interface region  1522  after touch input  1528  has been discontinued (e.g., when reached via user interface region  1526 , user interface region  1522  is “sticky”). 
     Thus, in accordance with some embodiments,  FIGS. 15C-15G  provide a shortcut (e.g., using a single light press) to preview (e.g., “peek at”) user interface region  1522 , while  FIGS. 15H-15K  provide functionality to add user interface region  1522  to the user interface in a “sticky” manner. 
       FIGS. 15L-15S  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with tactile (e.g., haptic) outputs indicating that a map is aligned with one or more orientations associated with the map. For example, in some embodiments, the one or more orientations include true north. In some embodiments, the one or more orientations include transit north indicating a principle direction of, for example, a subway system, a highway system, or a city block layout. 
       FIG. 15L  illustrates a map  1530  representing a region of Manhattan. Map  1530  includes representations of subway lines  1532  (e.g., subway line  1532 - a ; subway line  1532 - b ; and subway line  1532 - c ) and representations of roads  1534  (e.g., 1st Avenue). As described above, compass  1508  indicates the displayed orientation of map  1530  (e.g., with respect to true north). In the exemplary region of Manhattan shown in map  1530 , the transit system has an orientation that is approximately 29 degrees east of north (e.g., as defined by the principal direction of subways lines  1532  or the principal direction roads  1534 ). 
       FIG. 15L  illustrates the device receiving a touch input  1536  on touch-sensitive surface  451  that is a request to rotate the orientation of map  1530  (e.g., a two-finger rotating gesture, with one finger contact  1536 - a  making a clockwise twisting motion relative to another finger contact  1536 - b ). For example, touch input  1536  is a request to rotate map  1530  clockwise. 
       FIGS. 15M-15N  illustrate that, in response to receiving touch input  1536 , the device rotates map  1530  clockwise on display  450 . In some embodiments, map  1530  is rotated about a center of the displayed portion of map  1530 . In some embodiments, map  1530  is rotated about the location of cursor  1510 . Compass  1508  in  FIGS. 15M-15N  also indicates the changes to the map orientation. 
       FIG. 15N  also illustrates that, when the orientation of map  1530  reaches a first pre-determined orientation in response to touch input  1536  (e.g., true north aligns with a vertical direction on display  450 ), the device provides a tactile output (e.g., a vibration or movement of touch-sensitive surface  451 ). For example, the tactile output gives the user the sensation that the map is “snapping” into the true north direction. In some embodiments, when the orientation of map  1530  rotates within a pre-determined range of angles of the first pre-determined orientation (e.g., plus or minus 2 degrees of true north), the map aligns with the first pre-determined orientation and provides the tactile output. In some embodiments, the device provides the tactile output whenever one of the cardinal directions (north, south, east, west) is aligned with a principal direction of display  450  (e.g., a horizontal or vertical direction of display  450 ). In some embodiments, the device provides the tactile output whenever one of the cardinal directions (north, south, east, west) is starting to move away from the principal direction of display  450  (e.g., a horizontal or vertical direction of display  450 ). 
       FIG. 15O  illustrates the device receiving a touch input  1540  that is a request to rotate the orientation of map  1530  in the opposite direction as compared with touch input  1536  (e.g., a two-finger rotating gesture, with one finger contact  1540 - a  making a counter-clockwise twisting motion, as compared with touch input  1536 , relative to another finger contact  1540 - b ). For example, touch input  1540  is a request to rotate map  1530  counter-clockwise.  FIGS. 15O-15P  illustrate that, in response to receiving touch input  1540 , the device rotates map  1530  counter-clockwise on display  450 . 
     As shown in  FIG. 15P , when the orientation of map  1530  reaches a second pre-determined orientation in response to touch input  1540  (e.g., transit north), the device again provides a tactile output (e.g., a vibration or movement of touch-sensitive surface  451 ). 
       FIGS. 15Q-15R  illustrate subsequent rotation of touch input  1540 .  FIG. 15Q  illustrates that, in some embodiments, the device provides a tactile output (e.g., a vibration or movement of touch-sensitive surface  451 ) to indicate that the transit north direction of map  1530  is starting to move away from the principal direction of display  450 .  FIG. 15R  illustrates that map  1530  is further rotated counter-clockwise in accordance with touch input  1540 . 
       FIG. 15S  illustrates the device receiving a touch input  1542  while the cursor is over zoom-in affordance  1504 . In response, as shown in chart  1544 , the device zooms into map  1530  (e.g., displays an animation that magnifies a region of Manhattan) at a rate that corresponds to the intensity of contact  1542 . For example, in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that touch input  1542  has a first intensity (e.g., an intensity between IT L  and IT D ), the device zooms-in at a first rate (e.g., rate  1546 - 1 ), and in accordance with a determination that touch input  15  has a second intensity that is greater than the first intensity (e.g., an intensity above IT D ), the device zooms-in at a second rate (e.g., rate  1546 - 2 ) that is greater than the first rate (e.g., rate  1546 - 1 ). In some embodiments, the intensity of touch input  1542  maps to a respective range in a plurality of intensity ranges (e.g., with the plurality of intensity ranges collectively covering the dynamic range over which touch sensitive surface  451  is capable of detecting intensities). In some embodiments, each range in the plurality of intensity ranges maps to a respective zoom speed, with greater intensity mapping to greater zoom speeds (e.g.,  1546 - 3  and  1546 - 4 ). In some embodiments, the zoom speed is proportional to the intensity of touch-input. In some embodiments, the zoom speed varies continuously with pressure (e.g., instead of the four discrete rates  1546  shown in  FIG. 15S ) In some embodiments, zoom-out affordance  1506  provides analogous behavior (e.g., when zoom-out affordance  1506  is activated by a touch input, the zoom-out rate is related to the intensity of the touch input, with greater intensities resulting in a faster zoom-out). 
       FIGS. 16A-16B  illustrate a flow diagram of a method  1600  of generating a tactile (e.g., haptic) output when a user rotates a displayed map into certain predetermined directions in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1600  is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device  100 ,  FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more tactile output generators to provide tactile outputs. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method  1600  are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1600  provides an intuitive way to align a displayed map to an important orientation. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when aligning maps, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to align maps faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The electronic device displays ( 1602 ), on the display, a map that is associated with a first orientation. In some embodiments, the first orientation is ( 1604 ) true north. In some embodiments, a compass, that indicates the first orientation of the map, is ( 1606 ) displayed concurrently with the map (e.g., compass  1508 ,  FIGS. 15A-15S ). 
     The electronic device receives ( 1608 ) a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a two-finger rotation gesture comprising contacts  1536 - a  and  1536 - b  shown in  FIGS. 15L-15N , or a two-finger rotate gesture comprising contacts  1540 - a  and  1540 - b  shown in  FIGS. 15O-15S ). In some embodiments, the touch input is ( 1610 ) a multi-finger rotate gesture (e.g., a two-finger rotate gesture). 
     In response to receiving the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device rotates ( 1612 ) the map on the display in accordance with the touch input (e.g.,  FIGS. 15L-15N  illustrate a clockwise map rotation in response to a clockwise two-finger rotation gesture  1536 , and  FIGS. 15O-15P  illustrate a counter-clockwise map rotation in response to a counter-clockwise two-finger rotation gesture  1540 ). For example, the map is directly manipulated in accordance with a rotation of the two-finger rotate gesture (e.g., a 30 degree rotation of the two-finger rotate gesture rotates the map by 30 degrees). 
     While rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation of the map, the electronic device generates ( 1614 ) a first tactile output (e.g., using the one or more tactile output generators). For example,  FIG. 15N  illustrates that the first tactile output is generated in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation (e.g., a true north) of the map (e.g., the direction of the true north aligns with a vertical direction of the device display). In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the first orientation in accordance with a determination that the displayed orientation of the rotated map is within a predefined range of angles from the first orientation of the map (e.g., the device displays the map in the first orientation in accordance with a determination that the orientation of the rotated map comes within ±2 degrees from the first orientation). 
     In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to the first orientation of the map, the electronic device forgoes ( 1616 ) generation of the first tactile output. For example, in  FIG. 15M , when the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to the true north, no tactile output is generated. 
     In some embodiments, the map is also associated ( 1618 ,  FIG. 16B ) with a second orientation that is distinct from the first orientation (e.g., a “transit north” as defined by a direction of roads, by a direction of subway lines, or by a direction of another transit system displayed on the map). While rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orientation of the map, the electronic device generates a second tactile output (e.g., using the one or more tactile output generators). For example,  FIG. 15P  illustrates that the second tactile output is generated in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orientation (e.g., the transit north) of the map (e.g., the direction of subway lines aligns with a vertical direction of the device display). In some embodiments, the second tactile output is identical to the first tactile output. In some embodiments, the second tactile output is distinct from the first tactile output. 
     In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the second orientation in accordance with a determination that the displayed orientation of the rotated map is within a predefined range of angles from the second orientation of the map (e.g., the device displays the map in the second orientation in accordance with a determination that the orientation of the rotated map comes within ±2 degrees from the second orientation). 
     In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the second orientation only when a transit layer (e.g., a road layer that shows roads on the map or a public transit layer that shows public transit routes, such as subway lines) is displayed on the map. In such embodiments, when the transit layer is not displayed on the map, no snapping of the map to the second orientation occurs (even if the displayed orientation of the map is within the predefined range of angles from the second orientation of the map). In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the first orientation (e.g., true north) regardless of whether the transit layer is displayed on the map. In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the first orientation only when the transit layer is displayed on the map. 
     In some embodiments, the snapping of the map to the second orientation (e.g., transit north) depends on the zoom/magnification level of the map, whereas the snapping of the map to the first orientation (e.g., true north) does not depend on the zoom/magnification level of the map. For example, the snapping of the map to transit north is provided at a first (e.g., high) zoom/magnification level and not provided at a second (e.g., low) zoom/magnification level, whereas the snapping of the map to true north is provided at both the first zoom/magnification level and the second zoom/magnification level. 
     In some embodiments, the second tactile output is generated only when a transit layer (e.g., a road layer that shows roads on the map or a public transit layer that shows public transit routes, such as subway lines) is displayed on the map. In such embodiments, when the transit layer is not displayed on the map, generation of the second tactile output is forgone (even if the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orientation of the map). In some embodiments, the first tactile output is generated regardless of whether the transit layer is displayed on the map. In some embodiments, the first tactile output is generated only when the transit layer is displayed on the map. 
     In some embodiments, the generation of the second tactile output (e.g., for transit north) depends on the zoom/magnification level of the map, whereas the generation of the first tactile output (e.g., for true north) does not depend on the zoom/magnification level of the map. For example, the haptic for transit north is provided at a first (e.g., high) zoom/magnification level and not provided at a second (e.g., low) zoom/magnification level, whereas the haptic for true north is provided at both the first zoom/magnification level and the second zoom/magnification level. 
     In some embodiments, the second orientation is ( 1620 ) transit north (also called transit system north, subway system north, or road grid north). 
     In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to either of the first orientation or the second orientation, the electronic device forgoes ( 1622 ) generation of a tactile output (e.g., forgoing generation of the first tactile output and forgoing generation of the second tactile output). For example, in  FIG. 15M , when the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to the true north or the transit north, no tactile output is generated. 
     In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input, in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map starts to move away from the first orientation of the map (to which the map was previously snapped), the device generates a third tactile output. For example, in  FIG. 15N , a further rotation of contacts  1536 - a  and  1536 - b  initiates generation of the third tactile output to indicate that the map will cease to be aligned with the first orientation (e.g., true north). In some embodiments, the third tactile output is distinct from the first tactile output. In some embodiments, the third tactile output is distinct from the second tactile output. In some embodiments, the third tactile output is the same as the first tactile output. 
     In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input, in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map starts to move away from the second orientation of the map (to which the map was previously snapped), the device generates a fourth tactile output. For example, in  FIG. 15Q , a further rotation of contacts  1540 - a  and  1540 - b  initiates generation of the fourth tactile output to indicate that the map will cease to be aligned with the second orientation (e.g., transit north). In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is distinct from the first tactile output. In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is distinct from the second tactile output. In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is distinct from the third tactile output. In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is the same as the second tactile output. In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is the same as the third tactile output. 
     In some embodiments, the device generates tactile outputs when the map snaps into the first orientation and/or the second orientation, but the device forgoes generating tactile outputs when the map starts to move away from the first orientation and/or the second orientation. For example, the device generates the first tactile feedback and/or the second tactile feedback, but the device forgoes generating the third tactile feedback and/or the fourth tactile feedback to avoid providing too much tactile feedback to the user. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the displayed map corresponds to a first city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, etc.), the electronic device selects ( 1624 ) an orientation associated with the first city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, etc.) as the second orientation (e.g., a transit system orientation of San Francisco Peninsula,  FIGS. 15A-15K , which deviates from true north by approximately 39 degrees west). In accordance with a determination that the displayed map corresponds to a second city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, etc.) that is distinct from the first city, the electronic device selects an orientation associated with the second city as the second orientation (e.g., a transit system orientation of Manhattan, which deviates from true north by approximately 29 degrees east). The orientation associated with the first city is typically distinct from the orientation associated with the second city. Thus, if the map is snapped to “transit north” over a first city and then is moved laterally (without rotating) to a second city, the map can be rotated again to snap to the transit north of the second city. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the displayed map does not correspond to any city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, etc.), the device forgoes generation of the second tactile output (e.g., because a second orientation is not selected). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the displayed map corresponds to multiple separate cities (or counties, municipalities, boroughs, metro regions, map regions, etc.), the device forgoes generation of the second tactile output (e.g., because orientations of the multiple separate cities may not be the same). For example, when the displayed map displays a large portion of the United States, or the entire United States, in some embodiments, the device forgoes generation of the second tactile output. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 16A-16B  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1600  described above with respect to  FIGS. 16A-16B . For example, the inputs, gestures, and tactile outputs, described above with reference to method  1600  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the inputs, gestures, and tactile outputs described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     
       
         
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
             
               
                 APPENDIX A 
               
               
                   
               
             
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 Data Detector  
                   
                 On any data detected item, Deep press will show the popover action: selecting the text and Deep press would show text selection menu. 
               
               
                 Behavior 
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 System- 
                 1 
                 on Phone Number (not in Contacts) 
                 Message 
                 Audio 
                 FaceTime 
                 Add to Contacts 
                   
               
               
                 Phone Number 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 2 
                 on Address 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Map Quick Look 
               
               
                 Physical Address 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 3 
                 on Date 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Calendar Data  
               
               
                 Date 
                   
                 Data Detected 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Detector 
               
               
                 System- 
                 4 
                 on Name/Atom/Avatar 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Contact Card 
               
               
                 Contact 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 5 
                 on Tracking Numbers 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Quick Look  
               
               
                 Package Number 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 (of Tracking Web Page) 
               
               
                 System  
                 6 
                 on Flight Numbers 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Quick Look  
               
               
                 Airline/Flight Info 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 (of Flight Preview Page) 
               
               
                 System/WebKit- 
                 7 
                 Link (outside of Safari) 
                 Open in Safari 
                   
                   
                 Add to Reading List 
                 Web Page Preview 
               
               
                 Web Link 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System/Webkit - 
                 9 
                 Link (inside of Safari) 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Share 
                 Open in New Tab 
                 And to Reading List 
                 Web Page Preview 
               
               
                 Web Link 
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 8 
                 on an email undress 
                 Compose 
                 FaceTime Audio 
                 FaceTime 
                 Add to Contacts 
                   
               
               
                 Mailto: Link 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 10 
                 on image 
                 Copy 
                 Add to photos 
                 Add to Downloads 
                 Share 
                   
               
               
                 Images 
                   
                 in Content (i.e. Safari, Mail, . . . ) 
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                   
                 on image 
                 Copy 
                 Add to photos 
                 Paste 
                 Share 
                   
               
               
                 Editable Images 
                   
                 in Read/Write Content 
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 11 
                 video in HTML content 
                 Copy 
                 Add to photos 
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Share 
                   
               
               
                 Video 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
               
               
                 System/WebKit - 
                 12 
                 Read-only Text (selects word) 
                 Copy 
                   
                 Paste (Disabled) 
                   
                 Look Up 
               
               
                 Text 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System/WebKit - 
                 13 
                 Read/Write Text (i.e in TextEdit) 
                 Copy 
                   
                 Paste 
                   
                 Look Up 
               
               
                 Editable Text 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System/WebKit - 
                   
                 Read/Write Text 
                 Copy (Disabled) 
                   
                 Paste 
                   
                   
               
               
                 Editable Text  
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 (Whitespace) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 14 
                 Misspelled Text 
                 Copy 
                   
                 Paste 
                 Spelling Corrections 
                 Look Up 
               
               
                 Misspelled Text 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
               
               
                 System- 
                 15 
                 on Sidebar 
                 — 
                   
                 — 
                 — 
                 Enter Rename 
               
               
                 Sidebar 
                   
                 over Editable, Row 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Safari 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on a Reading List Item (in the 
                 Delete 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                   
                 — 
               
               
                   
                   
                 Sidebar) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on a Social Item (in the Sidebar) 
                 Retweet 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                 Add to Reading List 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on a Bookmark (in the Sidebar) 
                 Delete 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                   
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on a Bookmark Folder (in the  
                 Delete 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                   
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                   
                 Sidebar) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 on a Bookmark (in the Bookmark Bar) 
                 Delete 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                   
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                 6 
                 on a Bookmark Folder (in the 
                 Delete 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                   
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                   
                 Bookmark Bar) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 7 
                 on a Bookmark Folder (in the Location 
                 Delete 
                   
                   
                   
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                   
                 “Tongue”) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 8 
                 on a Bookmark Folder (in the Location 
                 Delete 
                   
                   
                   
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                   
                 “Tongue”) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 9 
                 on a Top Site 
                 Delete 
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                 Add to Favorites 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 10 
                 on a WebSite 
                   
                 Open in New Window 
                 Open in New Tab 
                 Add Bookmark 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                   
                 in the Visual Tab Picker 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 11 
                 on a Web Link within Safari 
                 Open in New Window 
                   
                 Open in New Tab 
                 Add to Reading List 
                 Web Page Preview 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 SystemWide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for text, images, video, data detectors, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Calendar 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on an Invited Event 
                 Decline 
                 Maybe 
                 Accept 
                 Menu (like Share): 
                 Open Inspector 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Email All Invitees 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Message All Invitees 
                   
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on an Event w/o Invitees 
                 Delete 
                   
                   
                 Menu (like Share): 
                 Open Inspector 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Email 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Message all Invitees 
                   
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on an Event w/Invitees 
                 Delete 
                   
                   
                 Menu (like Share): 
                 Open Inspector 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Email All Invitees 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Message All Invitees 
                   
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on an Event from a Subscribed 
                   
                   
                   
                 Menu (like Share): 
                 Open Inspector 
               
               
                   
                   
                 Calendar 
                   
                   
                   
                 Email All Invitees 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Message All Invitees 
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions within the inspector and on text, i.e. invitee atoms, URLs, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Mail 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window &amp;  
                 1 
                 on a Message (in the Message List) 
                 Delete 
                 Reply All 
                 Mark as Unread or 
                 Flag 
                 — 
               
               
                 Message Viewer 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Mark as Read 
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on a Message (in the Message 
                 Delete 
                 Reply All 
                 Mark as Unread or 
                 Flag 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                   
                 Header Area) 
                   
                   
                 Mark as Read 
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on any Attachment 
                   
                   
                   
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on a Photo (Read Only) 
                 Copy 
                   
                 Add to Photos 
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 On a Video (Read Only) 
                 Copy 
                   
                 Add to Photos 
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                 6 
                 on a PDF (Read Only) 
                   
                   
                   
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 Main Window &amp;  
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions within message and on text, i.e. recipient atoms, URLs, etc. 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Message Viewer- 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 Compose Window 
                 7 
                 on image or PDF (in Mail Compose) 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Markup 
               
               
                   
                 8 
                 on other types of Attachment 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Quick Look 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 Compose Window- 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for text, misspelled, data detectors, atoms, etc. 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 System-Wide 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Notes 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Notes Window 
                 1 
                 on a Note 
                 Delete 
                 Share 
                   
                   
                 — 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions on text, misspelled, data detectors, URLs, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Messages 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Messages Window 
                 1 
                 on a Conversation 
                 Delete 
                   
                 Do Not Disturb 
                   
                 Details 
               
               
                   
                   
                 in the Message List 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on a Message 
                   
                   
                 Add to Photos 
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                   
                 over Image Bubble 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on a Message 
                   
                   
                   
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                   
                 over PDF Bubble 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 on a Message 
                   
                   
                   
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                   
                 over other Attachment Bubble 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 6 
                 on a Message 
                   
                   
                   
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                   
                 over Audio Bubble 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 7 
                 on a Message 
                   
                   
                 Add to Photos 
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                   
                 over Video Bubble 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                 People- 
                 8 
                 on a Avatar/Contact Head 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Show Contact Card 
               
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 in a Conversation 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 Test in a Bubble- 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for text, misspelled, data detetors, etc. 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 Text in a Input  
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for text 
               
               
                 Field 
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
               
               
                 FaceTime 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 FaceTime Window 
                 1 
                 on a Recent Call 
                 Delete 
                   
                 Opposite of current FaceTime 
                 Message 
                 Show Contact Card 
               
               
                   
                   
                 in the sidebar 
                   
                   
                 Tab, i.e. 
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 FaceTime Audio-or- 
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 FaceTime 
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on a Avatar/Contact Head 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Show Contact Card 
               
               
                   
                   
                 on a recent call item 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Contacts 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on a Contact 
                 Delete 
                 Share 
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                 in Contact List 
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on a Editable Value 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Enter Edit Mode  
               
               
                   
                   
                 in Contact Card 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 (for everything except URLs) 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for URLs, text in notes. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Finder &amp; Dock 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Desktop and  
                 1 
                 on a File (Icon) 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                 Windows 
                 2 
                 on a File (Name) 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on a Folder (Icon) 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Quick Look 
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on a Folder (Name) 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Enter Rename 
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 on a Sidebar item 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                 6 
                 on a Tag (in the Sidebar) 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Rename 
               
               
                   
                 7 
                 on a Tag Color 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Color Picker 
               
               
                   
                 8 
                 on Desktop Background 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Reveal the Desktop 
               
               
                 Dock 
                 9 
                 on an Application 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Show All Windows 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 (App Exposé) 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 10 
                 over the contents of a Stack 
                 Same behaviors as files and folders in Finder 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for renaming text, atoms/avatars in AirDrop, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Preview 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 PDF Window 
                 1 
                 on an embedded image (in a PDF) 
                 Copy 
                 Add to photos 
                 Save to Downloads 
                 Share as a Menu 
                 — 
               
               
                 Sidebar 
                 2 
                 on a single PDF (i.e. open) 
                 Delete Page 
                   
                   
                   
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on a sidebar document (i.e. closed) 
                 Move to Trash (PDF) 
                   
                   
                   
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on a sidebar thumbnail (on an Image) 
                 Move to Trash (Image) 
                   
                   
                   
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 on a highlight or annotation 
                 Copy 
                 Add Note 
                 Paste (Disabled) 
                 Highlight 
                 Look Up 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu (includes Color,  
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Underline, No Highlight) 
                   
               
               
                   
                 6 
                 on embedded text (in a PDF) 
                 Copy 
                 Add Note 
                 Paste (Disabled) 
                 Highlight 
                 Look Up 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu (includes Color,  
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Underline, No Highlight) 
                   
               
               
                   
                 7 
                 on embedded text/annotations/etc. 
                 Copy 
                 Remove Note 
                 Paste (Disabled) 
                 Highlight 
                 Look Up 
               
               
                   
                   
                 associated with a note (in a PDF) 
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu (includes Color, 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Underline, No Highlight) 
                   
               
               
                   
                 8 
                 on a note (Object) 
                 Remove Note 
                   
                   
                   
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 9 
                 on an annotation (Object) 
                 Remove Annotation 
                   
                   
                   
                 — 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for URLs, text, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Photos 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on a Photo 
                 Delete 
                 Share 
                   
                 Favorite 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                   
                 in Collections, Moments, 1-up 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on a Video 
                 Delete 
                 Share 
                   
                 Favorite 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                   
                 in Collections, Moments, 1-up 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on an Album 
                 Delete 
                 Share 
                 Play Slideshow 
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 4 
                 on a Collection 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
               
               
                   
                 5 
                 on a Moment Header 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for URLs, text, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Reminders 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on a Remider 
                 Delete 
                 Due Tomorrow 
                 Priority (Menu like Share) 
                 Notify (Menu like Share) 
                 Open Inspector 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 High 
                 Arrive at Home 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Medium 
                 Arrive at Work 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Low 
                 Leave Home 
                   
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 Leave Work 
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions for text, misspelled text, etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Maps 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on the Map 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 — 
                 Drop a Pin 
               
               
                   
                 2 
                 on a Search Result (Pin) 
                 Directions to Here 
                 Share 
                 Call 
                 Add to Favorites-or- 
                 Open Place Card 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
                 Remove from Favorites 
                   
               
               
                   
                 3 
                 on POI 
                 Directions to Here 
                 Share 
                 Call 
                 Add to Favorites-or- 
                 Open Place Card 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 as a menu 
                   
                 Remove from Favorites 
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions if appropriate (like URLs), etc. 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                 Photo Booth 
                   
                 Scenario 
                 Left 
                 Up 
                 Right 
                 Down 
                 Immediate Action 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Main Window 
                 1 
                 on a Photo 
                 Delete 
                 Share 
                   
                   
                 — 
               
               
                   
                   
                 in the Photo Tray 
                   
                 as a Menu 
                   
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                 System Wide 
                   
                 Would also support system-wide actions if appropriate (like URLs), etc.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20150928
Publication Date: 20180605
Grant Date: 20180605
Priority Date: 20150308
Inventors: BUTCHER, GARY I.
FOSS, CHRISTOPHER P.
SEPULVEDA, Raymond S.
PERRY, ALEXANDER J.
COFFMAN, PATRICK L.
KUDURSHIAN, Aram David
Bray, Cédric J.
HAJJ, USAMA M.
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "G06F3/0488", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04842", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04842", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0488", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 55651220